TEREX CORP
424B3, 1998-08-12
INDUSTRIAL TRUCKS, TRACTORS, TRAILORS & STACKERS
Previous: TERADYNE INC, 10-Q, 1998-08-12
Next: TEXAS EASTERN TRANSMISSION CORP, 10-Q, 1998-08-12



<PAGE>
                                                                       424(b)(3)


                                     TEREX

                                OFFER TO EXCHANGE
                                 all outstanding
                    8-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
                   ($150,000,000 principal amount outstanding)
                                       for
                    8-7/8% Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008
           Which Have Been Registered Under the Securities Act of 1933
                                       of
                                TEREX CORPORATION
         Payment of Principal and Interest Unconditionally Guaranteed by
                               Terex Cranes, Inc.
                                PPM Cranes, Inc.
                              Koehring Cranes, Inc.
                              Terex Telelect, Inc.
                               Terex Aerials, Inc
                              Terex-RO Corporation
                                 Payhauler Corp.
                          Terex Mining Equipment, Inc.

        THE EXCHANGE OFFER WILL EXPIRE AT 5:00 P.M., NEW YORK CITY TIME,
                     ON September 11, 1998, UNLESS EXTENDED

          Terex Corporation,  a Delaware corporation ("Terex" or the "Company"),
hereby  offers  (the  "Exchange  Offer"),  upon the  terms  and  subject  to the
conditions set forth in this  Prospectus (as same may be amended or supplemented
from time to time, the "Prospectus") and the accompanying  Letter of Transmittal
(the "Letter of Transmittal"),  to exchange up to an aggregate  principal amount
of  $150,000,000  of its  8-7/8%  Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2008 (the "New
Notes")  , which  have been  registered  under the  Securities  Act of 1933,  as
amended (the  "Securities  Act"),  for a like principal amount of its issued and
outstanding  Senior  Subordinated  Notes due 2008 (the "Old Notes," and together
with the New Notes, the "Notes") from the holders (the "Holders")  thereof.  The
form and  terms of the New  Notes  will be the same as the form and terms of the
Old Notes in all material  respects except that the New Notes will be registered
under the  Securities  Act, and will not bear legends  restricting  the transfer
thereof.  The New Notes will be entitled to the benefits of the  Indenture  (the
"Indenture"),  dated as of March 31, 1998, among the Company, the Guarantors and
United States Trust  Company of New York,  as trustee,  governing the Old Notes,
and the New Notes  and the Old Notes  will  constitute  a single  series of debt
securities under the Indenture.
                                                       (continued on next page)

                        ---------------------------------

      SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 11 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN
      RISKS THAT SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY HOLDERS WHO TENDER THEIR OLD NOTES
                   IN CONNECTION WITH THIS THE EXCHANGE OFFER.

                        ---------------------------------

THESE  SECURITIES  HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED OR  DISAPPROVED  BY THE SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE  COMMISSION OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION NOR HAS THE SECURITIES
AND  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR ANY STATE  SECURITIES  COMMISSION  PASSED UPON THE
ACCURACY OF ADEQUACY OF THIS PROSPECTUS. ANY REPRESENTATION TO THE CONTRARY IS A
CRIMINAL OFFENSE.

                        ---------------------------------


                 The date of this Prospectus is August 7, 1998

<PAGE>
                                       
          The Old  Notes  are,  and the New  Notes  will  be,  unsecured  senior
subordinated obligations of the Company, subordinated in right of payment to all
existing and future  Senior  Indebtedness  (as defined in the  Indenture) of the
Company  (including,  but not limited to, indebtedness under the New Bank Credit
Facility  (as defined  herein)),  pari passu in right of payment with all future
senior  subordinated  indebtedness  of the  Company  and  senior  to any  future
subordinated  indebtedness of the Company. As of March 31, 1998, the Company had
approximately $413 million of Senior Indebtedness  outstanding (excluding unused
commitments) and approximately $574 million of indebtedness outstanding. The Old
Notes are, and the New Notes will be,  jointly and  severally  guaranteed  on an
unsecured  senior  subordinated  basis by the domestic  subsidiaries  and, under
certain  circumstances,   certain  foreign  subsidiaries  of  the  Company  (the
"Subsidiary  Guarantors"),  which  guarantees  will be  subordinated in right of
payment  to all  existing  and  future  Senior  Indebtedness  of the  Subsidiary
Guarantors,  including  obligations  under the New Bank Credit  Facility.  As of
March 31, 1998,  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  had  approximately  $13 million of
Senior Indebtedness outstanding (excluding unused commitments) and approximately
$18 million of indebtedness outstanding.

         The Company  will accept for  exchange  any and all Old Notes which are
validly  tendered in this Exchange  Offer prior to 5:00 p.m, New York City time,
on September 11, 1998 (if, when and as extended, the "Expiration Date"). Tenders
of Old Notes may be  withdrawn  at any time  prior to 5:00  p.m.,  New York City
time, on the Expiration Date,  pursuant to the procedures  described herein. The
Exchange Offer is not conditioned upon any minimum principal amount of Old Notes
being  tendered  for  exchange.  Old  Notes  may be  tendered  only in  integral
multiples of $1,000.  After  consummation of the Exchange Offer, the Company may
offer to  purchase  any  Notes at any price or prices  which the  Company  deems
appropriate,  although the Company is not obligated and has no present intention
to do so.

         The New Notes will bear  interest  at 8-7/8% per annum from the date of
original  issue.  Interest  on the New Notes will be payable  semi-annually,  in
arrears,  on April 1 and  October 1 of each  year,  commencing  October 1, 1998.
Holders of Old Notes that are  accepted  for  exchange  will  receive,  in cash,
accrued interest on the Old Notes to, but not including, the date of issuance of
the New  Notes.  Such  interest  will be paid  with and at the time of the first
interest  payment  on the New  Notes.  Interest  on the Old Notes  accepted  for
exchange  will cease to accrue upon  issuance  of the New Notes being  exchanged
therefor.

         The New Notes will not be  redeemable  prior to April 1,  2003,  except
that the Company may, at its option,  redeem in the aggregate up to  $50,000,000
of the  original  principal  amount of the New Notes,  with the net  proceeds of
certain  sales of common stock of the Company at a redemption  price of 108.875%
of the principal  amount so redeemed plus accrued  interest  through the date of
redemption.  From and after April 1, 2003,  the New Notes will be  redeemable at
the option of the Company,  in whole or in part,  at the  redemption  prices set
forth in the Indenture plus accrued  interest to the date of redemption.  Upon a
Change of Control  (as defined  herein),  the  Company is  required,  subject to
certain conditions,  to offer to purchase the New Notes at 101% of the principal
amount  thereof  together  with accrued  interest to the date of  purchase.  See
"Description of the Notes."

         The Old Notes were  originally  issued and sold on March 31,  1998 in a
transaction  not  registered  under  the  Securities  Act in  reliance  upon  an
exemption from the registration  requirements  thereof.  The New Notes are being
offered hereunder in order to satisfy certain obligations of the Company and the
Subsidiary Guarantors,  contained in the Registration Rights Agreement, dated as
of March 31, 1998 (the "Registration  Rights Agreement"),  among the Company and
the other signatories thereto. Based on existing interpretations by the staff of
the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission")  contained in several
no-action  letters  issued to third parties,  the Company  believes that the New
Notes issued pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange for the Old Notes may be
offered for resale,  resold, or otherwise  transferred by holders thereof (other
than any such holder which is  broker-dealer  or an  "affiliate"  of the Company
within  the  meaning  of Rule 405  under the  Securities  Act)  without  further
registration under the Securities Act; provided,  however, that each Holder that
wishes to exchange its Old Notes for New Notes will be required to represent (i)
that any New Notes to be received by it will be acquired in the ordinary  course
of its business, (ii) that at the time of the commencement of the Exchange Offer
it has no  arrangement  or  understanding  with any person to participate in the
distribution  (within the meaning of the Securities Act) of the New Notes, (iii)
that it is not an  "affiliate"  (as  defined in Rule 405  promulgated  under the
Securities Act) of the Company, (iv) if such Holder is not a broker-dealer, that

<PAGE>
                                       

it is not engaged in, and does not intend to engage in, the  distribution of New
Notes,   and  (v)  if  such  Holder  is  a   broker-dealer   (a   "Participating
Broker-Dealer")  that will receive New Notes for its own account in exchange for
Old Notes  that were  acquired  as a result of  market-making  or other  trading
activities,  that it will deliver a prospectus in connection  with any resale of
such New Notes and that it acquired such Old Notes as a result of  market-making
activities or other trading activities.  However, the Company does not intend to
request the Commission to consider,  and the Commission has not considered,  the
Exchange  Offer  in the  context  of a  no-action  letter  and  there  can be no
assurance  that the staff of the Commission  would make a similar  determination
with respect to the Exchange  Offer as it has in such other  circumstances.  The
Company  will  agree  to make  available,  during  the  period  required  by the
Securities Act, a prospectus  meeting the requirements of the Securities Act for
use by  Participating  Broker-Dealers  and other  persons,  if any, with similar
prospectus  delivery  requirements  for use in connection with any resale of New
Notes. If any Holder is an affiliate of the Company or is engaged in, or intends
to engage  in, or has any  arrangement  with any person to  participate  in, the
distribution  of the New Notes to be acquired  pursuant to the  Exchange  Offer,
such Holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations of the staff of
the  Commission  and (ii)  must  comply  with the  registration  and  prospectus
delivery  requirements  of the  Securities  Act in  connection  with any  resale
transaction,   including  the  delivery  of  a  prospectus  which  contains  the
information  with respect to any selling holder  required by the Securities Act.
The Letter of  Transmittal  states that by so  representing  and by delivering a
prospectus,  a  broker-dealer  will  not  be  deemed  to  admit  that  it  is an
"underwriter"  within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus,  as it
may be amended or supplemented from time to time, may be used by a broker-dealer
in connection with resales of New Notes received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were acquired by such  broker-dealer as a result of market-making
activities or other trading activities. The Company has agreed that, starting on
the Expiration  Date (as defined  herein) and ending on the close of business on
the 180th day following the Expiration Date, or, if earlier,  when all New Notes
held by a participating  broker-dealer  have been disposed of, it will make this
Prospectus  available to any  broker-dealer  for use in connection with any such
resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

         Neither the  Company  nor any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  will  receive any
proceeds from the Exchange Offer.  The Company has agreed to pay the expenses of
the Exchange Offer. No underwriter is being used in connection with the Exchange
Offer.  The Company has agreed to bear the expenses of this Exchange Offer.  The
Registration  Statement of which this Prospectus  constitutes a part will remain
in effect until the consummation of the Exchange Offer which will occur promptly
after the  Expiration  Date.  In the event the Company  terminates  the Exchange
Offer and does not accept for exchange any Old Notes,  the Company will promptly
return the Old Notes to the Holders thereof. See "The Exchange Offer."

         Prior to this Exchange  Offer,  there has been no public market for the
Old  Notes  and the  Company  does  not  intend  to list  the New  Notes  on any
securities  exchange or to seek  approval for  quotation  through any  automated
quotation  system.  Although  Credit  Suisse  First  Boston  Corporation,   CIBC
Oppenheimer Corp., Salomon Brothers Inc, Morgan Stanley & Co. Incorporated,  and
BancBoston  Securities Inc. (the "Initial  Purchasers") have advised the Company
that  they  currently  intend to make a market  in the New  Notes,  they are not
obligated to do so and may discontinue  such  market-making  at any time without
notice.  Accordingly,  there can be no assurance as to the future development of
an active  market  for the New Notes.  To the  extent  that a market for the New
Notes  does  develop,  the market  value of the New Notes will  depend on market
conditions  (such  as  yields  on  alternative  investments),  general  economic
conditions,  the  Company's  financial  condition  and  other  conditions.  Such
conditions  might  cause the New  Notes,  to the extent  that they are  actively
traded, to trade at a significant discount from face value. See "Risk Factors --
Lack of Public Market."

<PAGE>
                                       
                           FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

    When  included in this  Prospectus  or in documents  incorporated  herein by
reference,  the  words  "may,"  "expects,"  "intends,"  "anticipates,"  "plans,"
"projects,"  "estimates"  and the  negatives  thereof and  analogous  or similar
expressions   are  intended  to  identify   forward-looking   statements.   Such
statements,  which include statements  contained in "Prospectus  Summary," "Risk
Factors,"  "Industry  Overview and Outlook for  Principal  Products,"  "Business
Strategy,"  "The O&K  Acquisition"  and "Business"  are inherently  subject to a
variety of risks and  uncertainties  that could cause  actual  results to differ
materially from those reflected in such forward-looking  statements.  Such risks
and  uncertainties,  many of which are beyond the  Company's  control,  include,
among others,  the sensitivity of  construction  and mining activity to interest
rates,  government spending and general economic conditions;  the success of the
integration of acquired  businesses;  the retention of key  management;  foreign
currency fluctuations;  pricing,  product initiatives and other actions taken by
competitors;  the effects of changes in laws and  regulations;  continued use of
net operating loss  carryovers  and other  factors.  Actual events or the actual
future  results of the Company may differ  materially  from any forward  looking
statement due to these and other risks,  uncertainties and significant  factors.
The  forward-looking  statements  contained  herein speak only as of the date of
this  Prospectus  and the  forward-looking  statements  contained  in  documents
incorporated  herein by  reference  speak only as of the date of the  respective
documents.  The Company  expressly  disclaims any  obligation or  undertaking to
release  publicly  any updates or  revisions  to any  forward-looking  statement
contained or  incorporated by reference in this Prospectus to reflect any change
in the  Company's  expectations  with  regard  thereto  or any change in events,
conditions or circumstances on which any such statement is based.

<PAGE>
                                       1


                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

    The following summary is qualified in its entirety by, and should be read in
conjunction with, the more detailed information and financial statements and the
related notes thereto  appearing  elsewhere or incorporated by reference in this
Prospectus.  As used herein,  unless  otherwise  indicated or unless the context
otherwise requires, "Terex" or the "Company" refers to Terex Corporation and its
subsidiaries.

                                   The Company

    Terex is a global  manufacturer of a broad range of construction  and mining
related  capital  equipment.  The Company  strives to  manufacture  high quality
machines which are low cost,  simple to use and easy to maintain.  The Company's
principal  products  include  telescopic  mobile cranes,  aerial work platforms,
utility  aerial  devices,  telescopic  material  handlers,  truck mounted mobile
cranes,  rigid and articulated  off-highway trucks, high capacity surface mining
trucks,  large hydraulic  mining shovels and related  components and replacement
parts. Terex operates in two business segments: Terex Lifting (formerly known as
Terex  Cranes)  and Terex  Earthmoving  (formerly  known as Terex  Trucks).  The
Company's products are manufactured at 16 plants in the United States and Europe
and are sold  primarily  through a  worldwide  network  of  dealers  in over 750
locations to the global construction, infrastructure and surface mining markets.
Management  believes  that the  Company is  benefitting  from  several  industry
trends,  including the growing importance of rental fleet operators with respect
to Terex Lifting and an increasing  level of global  infrastructure  development
with respect to Terex Earthmoving, particularly in North America and Europe.

Terex Lifting

    Terex Lifting  manufactures  and sells telescopic  mobile cranes  (including
rough  terrain,  truck and all terrain  mobile  cranes),  aerial work  platforms
(including scissor,  articulated boom and straight  telescoping boom aerial work
platforms),  utility aerial devices  (including  digger derricks and articulated
aerial devices),  telescopic material handlers (including container stackers and
rough  terrain lift  trucks),  truck  mounted  cranes (boom  trucks) and related
components and replacement  parts.  These products are used by construction  and
industrial customers, as well as utility companies. The Company believes that it
is the second  largest  manufacturer  of rough  terrain,  truck and all  terrain
telescopic  mobile  cranes in the United  States (with an  estimated  36% market
share) and the leading  manufacturer  in France and Italy (with an estimated 50%
market share in each of these countries).

Terex Earthmoving

    Terex  Earthmoving  currently  manufactures and sells  articulated and rigid
off-highway  trucks  and  high  capacity  surface  mining  trucks,  and  related
components  and  replacement   parts.  These  products  are  used  primarily  by
construction,  mining and government customers.  On March 31, 1998, the Company,
through direct and indirect  subsidiaries,  acquired (the "O&K Acquisition") all
of the shares of O&K Mining Gmbh ("O&K Mining"). Since the O&K Acquisition,  the
Terex  Earthmoving  segment has also included the business of O&K Mining,  which
manufactures  large hydraulic mining shovels and related parts primarily used to
load coal, copper ore, iron ore, other  mineral-bearing  materials or rocks into
trucks.  The Company  believes that O&K Mining has the leading  market share for
large  hydraulic  mining shovel models having  machine  weights in excess of 200
tons.

                              Recent Developments

1998 Second Quarter and Year-To-Date Results

    The  company  reported  net income  for the second  quarter of 1998 of $20.6
million, up $13.3 million over the second quarter of 1997 (before  extraordinary
charges in that period),  and net sales of $333.5 million,  up $101.3 million or
44% over the second quarter of 1997. For the six-month period year-to-date,  the
Company reported income before  extraordinary  items of $35.0 million,  up $23.4
million over income before  extraordinary  charges in 1997 of $11.6 million. The
net sales of the Company  for the first six months of 1998 were $594.1  million,
up $185.6 million, or 45%, over the comparable period of 1997. During the second

<PAGE>
                                       2


quarter  of  1997  and  the  first  quarter  of  1998,   the  Company   recorded
extraordinary charges of $2.6 million and $38.3 million,  respectively,  related
to the retirement of debt.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                          Three Months Ended                           Six Months Ended
                                               June 30,                                     June 30,
                              ------------------------------------------  --------------------------------------------
                                              (unaudited)                                 (unaudited)
                                      1998                  1997                   1998                  1997
                              --------------------  --------------------  ----------------------  --------------------
                                                  (dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

                                          % of                   % of                   % of                   % of
                                          sales                 sales                  sales                  sales
                                        ----------             ---------              ---------              ---------
<S>                           <C>                   <C>                    <C>                    <C>            
Net sales.....................$  333.5    ---       $  232.2    ---        $  594.1     ---       $  408.5    ---
Gross profit..................    60.6     18.2%        38.3     16.5%        105.4      17.7%        65.8     16.1%
Engineering, selling and
  administrative expenses.....    27.4      8.2%        19.2      8.3%         48.4       8.1%        33.3      8.2%
Income from operations........    33.2     10.0%        19.1      8.2%         57.0       9.6%        32.5      8.0%
Interest and other expense....   (12.2)     3.7%       (11.2)     4.8%        (21.4)      3.6%       (20.5)     5.0%
</TABLE>


Acquisition of American Crane Corporation

    On July 31, 1998, the Company purchased all of the outstanding capital stock
of The  American  Crane  Corporation  ("American  Crane"),  a  manufacturer  and
marketer of lattice  boom  cranes,  based in  Wilmington,  North  Carolina.  The
purchase price of the capital stock was  approximately  $10.8  million,  payable
$4.6 million in cash, $4.7 million in non-interest bearing deferred payments and
an amount not to exceed $1.5 million from the net proceeds  from the  subsequent
sale of  excess  real  estate.  Prior to the  acquisition,  American  Crane  had
approximately  $9.1 million in outstanding debt,  approximately  $4.1 million of
which was repaid by  American  Crane at the closing  with funds  provided by the
Company.

    American   Crane  is  expected  to  generate   worldwide   annual  sales  of
approximately $40 million in 1998.  American Crane's sales are conducted through
a network of dealers in the United  States and  through  its 80% owned  European
subsidiary. American Cranes has over 14,000 cranes in the field and derives over
30% of its  revenues  from the sale of higher  margin  parts.  Its product  line
includes  lattice boom crawler cranes (60 tons to 450 tons of lifting  capacity)
and lattice boom truck cranes (75 tons to 300 tons of lifting capacity).

              Industry Overview and Outlook for Principal Products

Terex Lifting

    Management  believes  that Terex  Lifting's  markets  will  benefit from the
developing replacement cycle for telescopic mobile cranes, the growing dominance
of rental  fleet  operators  in the  telescopic  mobile  crane and  aerial  work
platform  markets,  and the  increasing  importance of  independent  maintenance
contractors  in the utility  industry,  the largest  consumers of utility aerial
devices.  The Company expects that a strong and sustained period of construction
activity  and  infrastructure  development  in  most  of the  Company's  primary
markets, the unusually high number of telescopic mobile cranes built in the late
1970s in North America  beginning to reach the ends of their useful  lives,  and
higher rental fleet  utilization rates will together generate a strong period of
demand for new telescopic mobile cranes. Rental fleets stocking a broad range of
products have become  increasingly  dominant as construction  projects requiring
differing boom lengths and lifting  capacities from telescopic mobile cranes and
varying  platform  heights from aerial work platforms have rendered  impractical
the ownership of a full fleet of machines with assorted capabilities by end-user
contractors. Rental fleets are the primary consumers of telescopic mobile cranes
and aerial work platforms,  representing an estimated 85% and 90%, respectively,
of the new market for such products in North America. This increasing importance
of rental  fleet  operators  and their  desire to  maximize  returns  on product
investment  has led  Terex to focus on a best  value  strategy,  which  seeks to

<PAGE>
                                       3

improve  customer  productivity by providing high quality products which are low
cost,  simple to use and easy to maintain.  This best value  strategy,  together
with the Company's existing dealer  relationships and direct  relationships with
major  private  contractors,  is also  expected to enable the Company to improve
sales of utility aerial devices by capitalizing on the increasing outsourcing of
maintenance functions to private contractors in an effort to reduce costs in the
utility industry.

Terex Earthmoving

    The  primary   markets  for  the  Company's   articulated  and  rigid  frame
off-highway trucks are the global large private  construction project and public
infrastructure  development  markets.  The Company's best value strategy for its
off-highway  trucks appeals to rental fleet  operators and contractors and large
construction companies for whom availability, reliability and hauling efficiency
at low cost are of critical  concern.  The largest market for the Company's high
capacity  surface  mining  trucks and large  hydraulic  excavators is the global
surface mining market.  The electric drive system included in the Company's high
capacity  surface  mining  trucks and the  patented  tripower  hydraulic  shovel
technology used in the hydraulic mining shovels allow the Company to market cost
efficient  machines  offering  greater   reliability  and  productivity  to  the
Company's mining customers than that offered by competing technologies.  Secular
trends in the surface mining industry  toward  smaller,  shorter lived mines and
more selective  mining  practices favor the Company's  hydraulic  mining shovels
which offer high  maneuverability  and greater  operating  time at lower initial
capital  investment than  comparable  sized  alternatives.  The around the clock
usage of the Company's mining products in intensive earthmoving  operations also
generates a significant  higher margin  after-market  parts and service business
that caters primarily to its increasing installed equipment base.

                                Business Strategy

    Ronald M. DeFeo joined the Company in May 1992, was appointed  President and
Chief Operating  Officer in October 1993, was named Chief  Executive  Officer in
March 1995 and was appointed  Chairman of the Board in March 1998. Since joining
the Company, Mr. DeFeo has recruited several new senior executives to Terex, and
under the direction of this new management  team, Terex has implemented a series
of  interrelated   strategic   initiatives  designed  to  improve  manufacturing
efficiency and offer its products at a lower cost than competitors, thereby
increasing  sales,  earnings and market share.  The Company has also initiated a
strategy to improve  significantly  its financial  flexibility,  strengthen  its
capital structure and enhance its liquidity to execute its growth initiatives.

    Increase  Sales  Through Best Value  Strategy -- The Company has focused its
product lines on products  which it can  manufacture at low cost relative to its
competitors.  The Company has  rationalized its product lines and simplified its
product  designs,  including  increasing  the  number of  interchangeable  parts
between  models.  This  strategy  has  enabled  the Company to offer many of its
products at prices that it believes are often 10% to 15% below those  offered by
its  competitors  with  virtually  the same  utility  and  marketability  as the
competition's products,  thereby offering its customers a more attractive return
on  their  invested  capital.  The key  targets  of  this  strategy  are  rental
companies,  Terex Lifting's  primary  customers,  which are generally  unable to
charge  a  premium  rental  rate  for  equipment  that  has  sophisticated,  but
nonessential  features.  The Company  believes  that by offering its customers a
simplified  product  design at a lower  price,  it can  increase  sales and gain
market share.

    Focus on Core  Businesses  -- Over the past  several  years the  Company has
focused  on the  growing  and  improving  operations  of its  core  lifting  and
earthmoving  businesses and has expanded the size and scope of those  operations
through both  acquisitions and new product  development in order to increase the
Company's market share.  Management  believes that these initiatives have helped
insulate  the Company  from  potential  cyclical  changes in any one market.  In
addition, these initiatives have expanded the Company's product lines, added new
technology and improved the Company's distribution network.

    Growth through  Acquisitions  -- During the past several years,  the Company
has invested  approximately  $394.3  million to strengthen  its core  businesses
through seven strategic acquisitions.  The Company expects that acquisitions and
new product  development will continue to be important  components of its growth
strategy and is continually  reviewing  acquisition  opportunities.  As with its
previous  acquisitions,  Terex will  continue to pursue  strategic  acquisitions

<PAGE>
                                       4

which   complement   the  Company's  core   operations,   offer  cost  reduction
opportunities  as well as  distribution  and  purchasing  synergies  and provide
product diversification.

    Reduce  Costs  and  Improve  Manufacturing  Efficiency  -- Over the past few
years,  the Company has  initiated  several  programs to increase  profitability
through cost reductions and improved manufacturing  efficiency.  As part of this
strategy,  the  Company  evaluates  every cost  component  of its  existing  and
acquired  businesses and typically (i)  consolidates  manufacturing  operations,
(ii)  increases  the  efficiency of  manufacturing  processes  through  improved
material flow and outsourcing,  (iii) reduces overhead and (iv) emphasizes those
products that yield the highest  margins,  including the  replacement  parts and
related  business.  Management  believes  it has  established  a  philosophy  of
continuous cost reduction in all of its operations. Some recent examples of cost
reduction initiatives are listed below.

                  o As a result of numerous cost  reduction  initiatives  at PPM
                    (as defined below),  the Company has reduced total headcount
                    at PPM from  approximately  840 in May 1995 to approximately
                    590 at December 31, 1997 and reduced the number of employees
                    categorized as indirect at PPM from approximately 430 in May
                    1995 to approximately  226 at December 31, 1997. During that
                    same  period,  sales  at  PPM  increased.  In  addition,  by
                    outsourcing  certain  welding  operations  at PPM's  Conway,
                    South  Carolina   telescopic   mobile  crane   manufacturing
                    facility,  the  Company  believes  it has  achieved  over $2
                    million of annualized savings.

                  o Cost  reductions  at certain of the former  subsidiaries  of
                    Simon   Engineering  plc  (the  "Simon  Access   Companies")
                    acquired in April 1997  resulted in a reduction of headcount
                    by   approximately   130  during  the  90  days  immediately
                    following  the  acquisition  of the Simon Access  Companies,
                    primarily in indirect personnel. The Company estimates those
                    initiatives    reduced   annual   operating    expenses   by
                    approximately $7 million and the Company anticipates further
                    cost  savings  as  the  Simon  Access   Companies  are  more
                    completely integrated into the Terex family.


                     Summary of Terms of the Exchange Offer

Registration Rights.....The Old Notes were sold by the Company (i) to  Qualified
                        Institutional  Buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the
                        Securities  Act) and (ii) to certain persons in offshore
                        transactions  in  reliance  transactions  in reliance on
                        Regulation S under the  Securities  Act.  Credit  Suisse
                        First Boston Corporation, CIBC Oppenheimer Corp., Morgan
                        Stanley & Co.,  Incorporated,  Salomon  Brothers Inc and
                        BancBoston  Securities Inc. were the initial  purchasers
                        of  the  Old  Notes  (the  "Initial   Purchasers").   In
                        connection  with the sale of the Old Notes,  the Company
                        and the Initial  Purchasers  entered into a Registration
                        Rights  Agreement,  dated  as of  March  31,  1998  (the
                        "Registration  Rights Agreement"),  providing for, among
                        other things, the Exchange Offer.

The Exchange Offer......The Company is offering to  exchange  $1,000  principal
                        amount of New Notes for each $1,000  principal amount of
                        Old Notes that are  properly  tendered  and accepted for
                        exchange.  The  Company  will  issue the New Notes on or
                        promptly after the Expiration  Date. As of May 15, 1998,
                        there was $150 million aggregate principal amount of Old
                        Notes outstanding. See "The Exchange Offer."

Resale of the 
  New Notes.............Based  on   an  interpretation  by   the  staff of   the
                        Commission  set  forth in  no-action  letters  issued to
                        third   parties,    including   "K-III    Communications
                        Corporation"  (available  May  14,  1993),  "Shearman  &
                        Sterling"  (available  July  2,  1993),  "Exxon  Capital
                        Holdings Corporation"  (available May 13, 1988), "Morgan
                        Stanley & Co.  Incorporated"  (available  June 5, 1991),

 <PAGE>
                                       5

                        "Mary Kay Cosmetics,  Inc." (available June 5, 1991) and
                        "Warnaco,   Inc."  (available  October  11,  1991),  the
                        Company  believes that,  except as described  below, New
                        Notes issued  pursuant to the Exchange Offer in exchange
                        for Old Notes may be  offered  for  resale,  resold  and
                        otherwise  transferred  by Holders  (other than any such
                        Holder which is a broker-dealer or an "affiliate" of the
                        Company  within  the  meaning  of  Rule  405  under  the
                        Securities Act) without compliance with the registration
                        and  prospectus  delivery  provisions of the  Securities
                        Act,  provided  that (i) such New Notes are  acquired in
                        the ordinary course of such Holder's business, (ii) such
                        Holder  has no  arrangement  or  understanding  with any
                        person to  participate in the  distribution  of such New
                        Notes and (iii) such  Holder is not engaged in, and does
                        not intend to be engaged in, a  distribution  of the New
                        Notes.  However,  the Company does not intend to request
                        the  Commission to consider,  and the Commission has not
                        considered, the Exchange Offer in the context of a 
                        no-action  letter and there can be no assurance that the
                        staff   of  the   Commission   would   make  a   similar
                        determination  with respect to the Exchange  Offer as it
                        has in such other circumstances.

                        By tendering  Old Notes in exchange for New Notes,  each
                        Holder will represent to the Company that: (i) it is not
                        an affiliate of the Company as defined in Rule 405 under
                        the Securities Act, (ii) any New Notes to be received by
                        it will be acquired in the  ordinary  course of business
                        and  (iii)  at the  time  of the  commencement  of  this
                        Exchange Offer it had no arrangement  with any person to
                        participate in a  distribution  of the New Notes and, if
                        such  Holder is not a  broker-dealer,  it is not engaged
                        in, and does not intend to engage in, a distribution  of
                        New  Notes.  If a Holder  of Old Notes is unable to make
                        the foregoing representations,  such Holder may not rely
                        on the  applicable  interpretations  of the Staff of the
                        Commission as set forth in such no-action  letters,  and
                        must  comply  with  the   registration   and  prospectus
                        delivery   requirements   of  the   Securities   Act  in
                        connection with any secondary resale transaction.

                        Each  broker-dealer  that receives New Notes for its own
                        account in exchange for Old Notes,  where such Old Notes
                        were  acquired  by such  broker-dealer  as a  result  of
                        market-making  activities or other  trading  activities,
                        must  acknowledge  that it  will  deliver  a  prospectus
                        meeting  the  requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  in
                        connection with any resale of such New Notes and that it
                        has not entered into any  arrangement  or  understanding
                        with the  Company  or an  affiliate  of the  Company  to
                        distribute  the New Notes in connection  with any resale
                        of the New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal  states that
                        by so  acknowledging  and by delivering a prospectus,  a
                        broker-dealer  will not be deemed to admit that it is an
                        "underwriter"  within the meaning of the Securities Act.
                        This  Prospectus,  as it may be amended or  supplemented
                        from  time to time,  may be used by a  broker-dealer  in
                        connection  with  resales  of New Notes  where  such Old
                        Notes were acquired by such broker-dealer as a result of
 
<PAGE>
                                       6

                        market-making  activities or other  trading  activities.
                        The Company has agreed that,  starting on the Expiration
                        Date, and ending on the close of business 180 days after
                        the Expiration  Date or, if earlier,  when all New Notes
                        held by a participating broker-dealer have been disposed
                        of,  it  will  make  this  Prospectus  available  to any
                        participating  broker-dealer  for use in connection with
                        any such resale. See "Plan of Distribution."

                        This  Exchange  Offer is not being made to, nor will the
                        Company accept surrenders for exchange from,  Holders of
                        Old Notes (i) in any jurisdiction in which this Exchange
                        Offer  or  the  acceptance   thereof  would  not  be  in
                        compliance  with the securities or blue sky laws of such
                        jurisdiction or (ii) if any Holder is engaged or intends
                        to engage in a distribution of the New Notes.

Expiration Date.........The Exchange  Offer will expire at 5:00 p.m.,  New York
                        City  time,  on  September  11,  1998(30  calendar days 
                        following  the  commencement  of  the  Exchange  Offer),
                        unless extended by the Company  in its  sole  discretion
                        which  case the term  "Expiration  Date"  shall mean the
                        latest date and  time  to which the  Exchange Offer is  
                        extended.  The  Company  will  accept  for  exchange any
                        and  all  Old  Notes which are validly tendered and not 
                        withdrawn prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the
                        Expiration   Date.  The New Notes issued pursuant to the
                        Exchange Offer  will  be delivered  on or promptly after
                        the Expiration Date.

Interest on the 
  New Notes and
  Old Notes.............The New Notes will bear  interest  at the rate of 8-7/8%
                        per annum and interest will be payable  semi-annually on
                        April 1 and October 1, commencing on October 1, 1998, to
                        Holders of record on the immediately  preceding March 15
                        and  September  15.  Holders of New Notes  will  receive
                        interest  on  October  1, 1998 from the date of  initial
                        issuance of the New Notes,  plus an amount  equal to the
                        accrued  interest  on the Old Notes  exchanged  therefor
                        from the most  recent  date to which  interest  has been
                        paid to the date of exchange thereof. Such interest will
                        be paid  with  the  first  interest  payment  on the New
                        Notes.  Interest on the Old Notes  accepted for exchange
                        will cease to accrue upon issuance of the New Notes.

Procedures for 
  Tendering Old Notes...Each  Holder of Old Notes wishing to accept the Exchange
                        Offer  must  complete,  sign  and  date  the  Letter  of
                        Transmittal,  or a facsimile thereof, in accordance with
                        the instructions  contained herein and therein, and mail
                        or otherwise deliver such Letter of Transmittal, or such
                        facsimile,  together  with the Old  Notes  and any other
                        required  documentation,  to United States Trust Company
                        of New York, as Exchange Agent (the  "Exchange  Agent"),
                        at the  address  set forth  herein  and in the Letter of
                        Transmittal.    

Special Procedures for
  Beneficial Owners.....Any  beneficial  owner whose Old Notes are registered in
                        the name of a broker,  dealer,  commercial  bank,  trust

<PAGE>
                                       7
                     
                       company or other  nominee  and who wishes to tender such
                       Old  Notes  in  the  Exchange  Offer should contact such 
                       registered holder promptly and instruct  such  registered
                       holder to  tender on  such  beneficial owner's behalf. If
                       such beneficial owner wishes to tender on its own behalf,
                       such owner must,  prior to  completing  and executing the
                       Letter  of  Transmittal  and  delivering  his  Old Notes,
                       either   make   appropriate  arrangements   to   register
                       ownership of  the Old Notes in  its own  name or obtain a
                       properly completed bond power from the registered holder.
                       The   transfer  of    registered   ownership  may    take
                       considerable  time  and  may  not be able to be completed
                       prior to the Expiration Date.

Guaranteed Delivery 
  Procedures............Holders of Old Notes who wish to tender  their Old Notes
                        and whose Old Notes are not immediately available or who
                        cannot   deliver   their  Old   Notes,   the  Letter  of
                        Transmittal  or  any  other  documents  required  by the
                        Letter of Transmittal to the Exchange Agent prior to the
                        Expiration  Date,  must tender their Old Notes according
                        to the guaranteed  delivery procedures set forth in "The
                        Exchange Offer -- Guaranteed Delivery Procedures."

Withdrawal Rights.......Tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn  at any time prior
                        to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date
                        by furnishing a written or facsimile transmission notice
                        of  withdrawal  to the  Exchange  Agent  containing  the
                        information   set  forth  in  "The  Exchange   Offer  --
                        Withdrawal of Tenders."

Certain Federal Income
  Tax Consequences......The  exchange  of the  Old  Notes  for the New  Notes
                        should  not  constitute  a  taxable  exchange  for  U.S.
                        federal tax  consequences.  For a discussion  of certain
                        federal income tax consequences relating to the exchange
                        of the New Notes for the Old Notes, see "Certain Federal
                        Income Tax Consequences."

Exchange Agent..........United  States Trust  Company of New York,  the trustee
                        under the  Indenture,  is acting as the Exchange  Agent.
                        The address and telephone  number of the Exchange  Agent
                        are set forth in "The Exchange Offer -- Exchange Agent."

Use of Proceeds.........The Company will not receive any proceeds from the 
                        Exchange Offer.

              Summary of Terms of the New Notes and the Guarantees

     The Exchange Offer relates to the exchange of up to $150,000,000  aggregate
principal amount of the Old Notes for an equal aggregate principal amount of New
Notes.  The form and  terms  of the New  Notes  will be the same as the form and
terms of the Old Notes,  except that the New Notes will be registered  under the
Securities Act and,  therefore,  will not bear legends  restricting the transfer
thereof.  The New Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes and will be
entitled to the benefits of the Indenture. See "Description of the Notes and the
Guarantees."

Issuer..................Terex Corporation.

Securities Offered......$150,000,000  aggregate  principal   amount  of  8-7/8%
                        Senior Subordinated Notes due 2008.

<PAGE>
                                       8


Maturity................April 1,  2008.

Interest Rate...........The New Notes  will bear  interest  at 8-7/8%  per annum
                        from the date of original issue.

Interest Payment 
  Dates.................April 1 and October 1 of each year, commencing October 
                        1, 1998.

Ranking.................The  New  Notes  will be unsecured  senior  subordinated
                        obligations  of  the  Company  and,  as  such,  will  be
                        subordinated  in right of  payment to all  existing  and
                        future Senior Indebtedness (as defined in the Indenture)
                        of the Company,  including the Company's new bank credit
                        facility (the "New Bank Credit Facility"), pari passu in
                        right of  payment  with all future  senior  subordinated
                        indebtedness  of the  Company  and  senior  in  right of
                        payment  to  all   existing   and  future   subordinated
                        indebtedness  of the Company.  As of March 31, 1998, the
                        Company  had   approximately   $413  million  of  Senior
                        Indebtedness  outstanding (excluding unused commitments)
                        and   approximately   $574   million   of   indebtedness
                        outstanding.

Guarantees..............The  New Notes will be jointly and severally  guaranteed
                        on  a  senior  subordinated  basis by the  existing and 
                        future   domestic   subsidiaries  and,   under   certain
                        circumstances,  certain   foreign  subsidiaries  of  the
                        Company. The  guarantees of  the  Subsidiary Guarantors
                        will be  subordinated  to all existing and future Senior
                        Indebtedness  of  the  Subsidiary Guarantors,  including
                        the  obligations  of  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  under
                        the  New  Bank  Credit Facility.  The  New Notes will be
                        effectively  subordinated   to  all  obligations  of any
                        subsidiary of  the Company which  is  not  a  Subsidiary
                        Guarantor.  As  of  March  31,  1998,   the   Subsidiary
                        Guarantors had  approximately   $13  million  of  Senior
                        Indebtedness outstanding (excluding unused commitments)
                        and   approximately    $18   million  of    indebtedness
                        outstanding, and subsidiaries of the  Company  that  are
                        not Subsidiary  Guarantors had approximately $56 million
                        of indebtedness outstanding.

Sinking Fund............None.

Optional Redemption.....The New Notes are  redeemable,  in whole or in part, at
                        the option of the  Company at any time on or after April
                        1,  2003,  at the  redemption  prices  set forth in this
                        Prospectus,   plus  accrued  interest  to  the  date  of
                        redemption.  In  addition,  at any time or from  time to
                        time prior to April 1, 2001,  the  Company  may,  at its
                        option,  redeem  up  to  $50  million  of  the  original
                        aggregate   principal  amount  of  the  Notes  with  the
                        proceeds  of one or more  Public  Equity  Offerings  (as
                        defined in the Indenture) at a redemption price equal to
                        108.875% of the principal  amount thereof,  plus accrued

<PAGE>
                                       9


                        interest to the date of redemption;  provided,  however,
                        that at  least  $97.5  million  in  aggregate  principal
                        amount of the Notes remains  outstanding after each such
                        redemption.

Change of Control.......Upon the  occurrence  of a Change of  Control  (as  
                        defined in the  Indenture),  the  Company  is  required,
                        subject to certain conditions,  to offer to purchase the
                        New  Notes  at 101% of the  aggregate  principal  amount
                        thereof,  plus accrued and unpaid  interest,  if any, to
                        the date of purchase.  See  "Description  of the Notes--
                        Change of Control."

Covenants...............The  Indenture  pursuant  to which  the New  Notes  will
                        be issued contains certain covenants,  that, among other
                        things,  will limit the  ability of the  Company and its
                        Restricted    Subsidiaries   (as   defined)   to   incur
                        indebtedness  and liens,  pay  dividends  and make other
                        payments, consummate mergers and asset sales, enter into
                        related party  transactions and make  investments.  Such
                        covenants  are subject to important  qualifications  and
                        limitations.  See  "Description  of the Notes--  Certain
                        Covenants."

Absence of a Public
  Market for the 
  New Notes.............The New Notes  will be new  securities  for  which there
                        currently  is no market.  The Old Notes are eligible for
                        trading in the  Private  Offerings,  Resale and  Trading
                        through Automated Linkages (PORTAL) market. Although the
                        Initial  Purchasers  have  advised the Company that they
                        currently intend to make a market in the New Notes, they
                        are not obligated to do so, and may discontinue any such
                        market making at any time without  notice.  Accordingly,
                        there can be no assurance  as to the future  development
                        or  liquidity  of any  market  for  the New  Notes.  The
                        Company  does not intend to apply for listing of the New
                        Notes  on  any  securities  exchange  or  for  quotation
                        through the National  Association of Securities  Dealers
                        Automated Quotation System. See "Plan of Distribution."


           Consequences of Exchanging or Failure to Exchange Old Notes

         Holders of Old Notes who do not exchange  their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange  Offer will continue to be subject to the provisions in
the  Indenture  regarding  transfer  and  exchange  of the  Old  Notes  and  the
restrictions  on transfer  of such Old Notes as set forth in the legend  thereon
and in the Indenture as a consequence  of the issuance of the Old Notes pursuant
to  exemptions  from,  or in  transactions  not  subject  to,  the  registration
requirements  of the  Securities  Act and applicable  state  securities  law. In
general,  the Old Notes may not be offered or sold,  unless registered under the
Securities  Act,  except  pursuant to an exemption from, or in a transaction not
subject  to,  the  Securities  Act and  applicable  state  securities  laws.  In
addition, upon consummation of the Exchange Offer, holders of the Old Notes that
remain  outstanding  will not be entitled to any rights  under the  Registration
Rights  Agreement  that by  their  terms  terminate  or  cease  to have  further
effectiveness as result of the making of this Exchange Offer. To the extent that
Old Notes are tendered and accepted in the Exchange Offer, a holder's ability to

<PAGE>
                                       10


sell untendered Old Notes could be adversely affected. In addition, although the
Old Notes are eligible for trading in the PORTAL market,  to the extent that Old
Notes are tendered  and accepted in  connection  with the  Exchange  Offer,  any
trading market for Old Notes which remain  outstanding  after the Exchange Offer
could be adversely affected.  The Company does not currently  anticipate that it
will register  under the  Securities Act the resale of any Old Notes that remain
outstanding  after  consummation of the Exchange Offer.  See "Description of the
Notes-- Registration  Rights." The Company will agree to make available,  during
the period required by the Securities Act, a prospectus meeting the requirements
of the Securities Act for use by Participating Broker-Dealers and other persons,
if any, with similar prospectus delivery requirements for use in connection with
any resale of New  Notes.  If any Holder is an  affiliate  of the  Company or is
engaged  in or intends  to engage in or has any  arrangement  with any person to
participate in the distribution of the New Notes to be acquired pursuant to this
Exchange Offer, such Holder (i) could not rely on the applicable interpretations
of the staff of the  commission and (ii) must comply with the  registration  and
prospectus  delivery  requirements  of the Securities Act in connection with any
resale transaction, including the delivery Act. Each broker-dealer that receives
New Notes for its own account  pursuant to this Exchange Offer must represent to
the Company that it will deliver a prospectus in  connection  with any resale of
such New Notes. The Letter of Transmittal  states that by so representing and by
delivering a prospectus,  a broker-dealer will not be deemed to admit that it is
an "underwriter"  within the meaning of the Securities Act. This Prospectus,  as
it may be  amended  or  supplemented  from  time  to  time,  may  be  used  by a
broker-dealer  in connection  with resales of New Notes received in exchange for
Old Notes where such Old Notes were acquired by such  broker-dealer  as a result
of market-making activities or other trading activities.  The Company has agreed
that, starting on the Expiration Date and ending on the close of business on the
90th day following the Expiration  Date, it will make this Prospectus  available
to any  broker-dealer  for use in connection with any such resale.  See "Plan of
Distribution."   However,   to  comply  with  the  securities  laws  of  certain
jurisdictions,  if  applicable,  the New Notes may not be offered or sold unless
they have been  registered  or qualified  for sale in such  jurisdictions  or an
exemption from  registration or qualification is available and is complied with.
The Company does not currently intend to register or qualify the sale of the New
Notes in any such  jurisdictions.  See "The Exchange  Offer --  Consequences  of
Exchanging or Failing to Exchange Old Notes."


                                  Risk Factors

     See "Risk  Factors"  for a  discussion  of certain  factors  that should be
considered  in connection  with the Exchange  Offer and an investment in the New
Notes.

<PAGE>
                                       11


                                  RISK FACTORS

     In addition to other matters  described in this  Prospectus,  the following
should be carefully  considered  in  connection  with the Exchange  Offer and an
investment in the New Notes:

Holders Responsible for Compliance with Exchange Offer
Procedures; No Notice of Defects or Irregularities

     Issuance  of the New  Notes in  exchange  for Old  Notes  pursuant  to this
Exchange  Offer will be made only after a timely  receipt by the Company of such
Old Notes, a properly  completed and duly executed Letter of Transmittal and all
other  required  documents.  Therefore,  holders of Old Notes desiring to tender
such Old Notes in exchange for New Notes should allow  sufficient time to ensure
timely delivery. Neither the Exchange Agent nor the Company is under any duty to
give notification of defects or irregularities with respect to the tender of Old
Notes for  exchange.  Old Notes that are not  tendered or are  tendered  but not
accepted for exchange will,  following the  consummation of this Exchange Offer,
continue to be subject to the existing  restrictions  upon transfer thereof and,
upon  consummation of this Exchange Offer, the Company's  obligation to register
the Old Notes will terminate. See "The Exchange Offer."

Significant Leverage

    As  of  March  31,  1998,  the  Company  had  outstanding   indebtedness  of
approximately $574 million, and the ratio of the Company's indebtedness to total
capitalization  was  approximately  95%. This  substantial  leverage has several
important  consequences,  including the following:  (i) a substantial portion of
the Company's net cash  provided by operating  activities,  will be dedicated to
servicing  its  indebtedness,  and  (ii)  the  Company's  ability  to  withstand
competitive  pressures,  adverse  economic  conditions  and  adverse  changes in
governmental  regulations,  to  make  acquisitions,  and to  take  advantage  of
significant  business  opportunities that may arise, may be negatively affected.
The  Company's  ability to meet its debt service  obligations  and to reduce its
total  indebtedness  will be dependent  upon future  performance,  which will be
subject to general economic conditions,  its ability to achieve cost savings and
other  financial,  business and other factors  affecting  the  operations of the
Company,  many of which are  beyond  its  control.  If the  Company is unable to
generate  sufficient  operating  cash flow in the future to service its debt, it
may be  required  to  refinance  all or a  portion  of such  debt  or to  obtain
additional financing.  There can be no assurance,  however, that any refinancing
would be  possible  or that any  additional  financing  could  be  obtained.  In
addition,  because certain of the Company's obligations,  including indebtedness
under the New Bank Credit Facility, bear interest at floating rates, an increase
in interest rates could adversely affect, among other things, the ability of the
Company to meet its debt  service  obligations.  The Company  has  entered  into
certain  interest  protection  arrangements  with  respect  to a portion  of its
indebtedness under the New Bank Credit Facility that will be designed to place a
cap on the interest rates payable thereon.

Restrictions Imposed by the Terms of the Company's Indebtedness

     The  Indenture  and the New Bank  Credit  Facility  impose upon the Company
certain financial and operating covenants, including, among others, restrictions
on the ability of the Company to incur debt, pay dividends or take certain other
corporate actions.  In addition,  the New Bank Credit Facility requires that the
Company  maintain  certain  financial  ratios and  provides for  limitations  on
capital expenditures. The foregoing covenants may restrict the Company's ability
to borrow additional  funds,  dispose of assets or otherwise pursue its business
strategies,  and may impair the Company's ability to obtain additional financing
to fund future working capital requirements, capital expenditures,  acquisitions
and  other  general  corporate   purposes.   Changes  in  economic  or  business
conditions, results of operations or other factors could in the future cause the
Company to violate one or more covenants in the Company's debt instruments.

<PAGE>
                                       12


Industry Cyclicality and Substantial Competition

    Sales of products  manufactured  and sold by the Company  have  historically
been subject to substantial  cyclical variation extending over a number of years
based on general  economic  conditions.  Downward cycles result in reductions in
product sales which could adversely impact the Company's  results of operations.
The Company  recognizes the potential  adverse impact of cyclical  variations in
sales of  products  and has taken a number of steps to reduce its fixed costs to
decrease the impact of cyclicality.

    The markets in which the Company competes are highly competitive. To compete
successfully,  the  Company  must  remain  competitive  in the areas of quality,
price, product line, ease of use, safety,  comfort and customer service. Many of
the Company's competitors have greater financial resources than the Company.

Subordination of Notes and the Guarantees of Subsidiaries

    The Old Notes  are,  and the New  Notes  will be,  subordinated  in right of
payment  in full to the prior  payment,  when due,  of all  existing  and future
Senior  Indebtedness  (as defined in the  Indenture)  of the  Company  including
indebtedness  under  the  New  Bank  Credit  Facility.  The  guarantees  of  the
Subsidiary  Guarantors  will be  subordinated in right of payment in full to the
prior payment,  when due, of all existing and future Senior Indebtedness of each
Subsidiary Guarantor,  including obligations under the New Bank Credit Facility.
As a result of such subordination,  in the event of the bankruptcy,  liquidation
or  reorganization  of the Company or upon  acceleration  of the Notes due to an
Event of Default under the Indenture or certain other events,  the assets of the
Company and any Subsidiary Guarantor will be available to pay obligations on the
Notes only after all Senior  Indebtedness  of the  Company  and such  Subsidiary
Guarantor,  as the case may be,  has been  paid in full,  and  there  may not be
sufficient assets remaining to pay amounts due on the Notes then outstanding. As
of March  31,  1998,  the  Company  had  approximately  $413  million  of Senior
Indebtedness  outstanding  (excluding unused commitments) and approximately $574
million  of  indebtedness   outstanding,   and  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  had
approximately $13 million of Senior Indebtedness  outstanding  (excluding unused
commitments)  and  approximately  $18 million of  indebtedness  outstanding.  In
addition, the Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, effectively subordinated
to all  obligations  of any  subsidiary of the Company which is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor. As a result, the holders of any indebtedness of the Company's foreign
subsidiaries  or any other  subsidiary  of the Company which is not a Subsidiary
Guarantor  will  be  entitled  to  payment  thereof  from  the  assets  of  such
subsidiaries  prior to the holders of any general  unsecured  obligations of the
Company,  including the Notes. As of March 31, 1998, subsidiaries of the Company
that are not Subsidiary Guarantors had approximately $56 million of indebtedness
outstanding.  In  addition,  the Company may not make any payments in respect of
the Notes  during the  continuance  of a payment  default  under any  Designated
Senior  Indebtedness  (as  defined  herein).  Moreover,  if certain  non-payment
defaults exist under any  Designated  Senior  Indebtedness,  the Company may not
make any payments in respect of the Notes for a specified period of time.

     The Old Notes and the related  guarantees of the Subsidiary  Guarantors are
not, and the New Notes and the related  guarantees of the Subsidiary  Guarantors
will  also not be,  secured  and will be  effectively  subordinated  to  secured
obligations  of the Company and the  Subsidiary  Guarantors to the extent of the
assets securing such  obligations.  The obligations of the Company under the New
Bank Credit Facility, the obligations of the Subsidiary Guarantors as guarantors
of any  outstanding  Senior Secured Notes and the  obligations of the Subsidiary
Guarantors under the New Bank Credit Facility are secured by a security interest
in  substantially  all of  the  property  of the  Company  and  such  Subsidiary
Guarantors,  including inventory,  equipment,  receivables and intangible assets
such  as  licenses,  trademarks  and  customer  lists.  If the  Company  becomes
insolvent or is liquidated,  or if payment under any outstanding  Senior Secured
Notes or the New  Bank  Credit  Facility  is  accelerated,  the  holders  of any
outstanding  Senior  Secured  Notes or the  lenders  under  the New Bank  Credit
Facility,  as the case may be,  would  be  entitled  to  exercise  the  remedies
available to a secured lender. Accordingly, such lenders will have a prior claim
on such assets of the Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors over the holders of
the Notes.

<PAGE>
                                       13


Fraudulent Transfer Considerations

    The  obligations  of any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  under the  Indenture may be
subject to review under applicable  fraudulent  transfer or similar laws, in the
event of the bankruptcy or other financial difficulty of any such person. In the
United States, under such laws, if a court in a lawsuit by an unpaid creditor or
representative of creditors of any such person,  such as a trustee in bankruptcy
or any such person as debtor in possession, were to find under relevant law that
at the time such person incurred its obligations  under its guarantee or pledged
its  assets,  it  (i)  received  less  than  fair  consideration  or  reasonably
equivalent value therefor,  and (ii) either (a) was insolvent,  (b) was rendered
insolvent,  (c) was engaged or about to engage in a business or transaction  for
which its remaining unencumbered assets constituted  unreasonably small capital,
or (d) intended to incur, or believed or reasonably  should have believed,  that
it would incur debts beyond its ability to pay as such debts matured, such court
could void such  obligations  under its  guarantee  and direct the return of any
amounts  paid with  respect  thereto or take  other  action  detrimental  to the
Holders. Moreover, regardless of the factors identified in the foregoing clauses
(i) and (ii),  a court  could  take  action if it found that the  guarantee  was
entered into with actual  intent to hinder,  delay,  or defraud  creditors.  The
measure of insolvency  for purposes of the foregoing  will vary depending on the
law of the jurisdiction being applied.  Generally,  however,  an entity would be
considered  insolvent  if  the  sum  of  its  debts  (including   contingent  or
unliquidated  debts) is greater than all of its property at a fair  valuation or
if the  present  fair  salable  value of its assets is less than the amount that
would be required to pay its probable  liability  on its existing  debts as they
become absolute and matured.

    There can be no assurance  as to what  standard a court would apply in order
to determine whether a Subsidiary Guarantor was "insolvent" upon consummation of
the Exchange Offer, or upon the incurrence of the subsidiary guarantees or that,
regardless of the method of valuation,  a court would not determine  that one or
more Subsidiary Guarantors was insolvent as a result of the foregoing.

The O&K Acquisition; Acquisition Strategy; Integration of Acquired Businesses

    The recently completed O & K Acquisition will require the integration of the
manufacturing, administrative, finance, sales and marketing organizations of O&K
Mining into the Company,  as well as the integration of and  coordination of O&K
Mining's sales efforts with those of the Company.  This will require substantial
attention  from the  Company's  management  team.  The  diversion of  management
attention and any other  difficulties  encountered  in the  integration  process
could  have an  adverse  impact on the  revenue  and  operating  results  of the
Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to
integrate  fully the  respective  business  operations of the Terex  Earthmoving
business  segment  and O&K Mining or to realize  fully the cost  reductions  the
Company expects to achieve.  The estimates of potential cost savings are forward
looking  statements  that are  inherently  uncertain.  Actual cost savings could
differ  materially  from  those  anticipated.   All  of  these  forward  looking
statements are based on the estimates and assumptions  made by management of the
Company which, although believed to be reasonable,  are inherently uncertain and
difficult to predict.  There also can be no assurance that unforeseen  costs and
expenses or other factors may not offset any cost savings. If the Company is not
successful in integrating  such  operations and achieving such cost  reductions,
the business of the Company may be adversely affected.

    The  Company  expects to continue a strategy of  identifying  and  acquiring
businesses with  complementary  products and services which could be expected to
enhance the Company's  operations and profitability.  Future acquisitions may be
financed by internally  generated funds,  bank  borrowings,  public offerings or
private placements of equity or debt securities,  or a combination of any of the
foregoing. There can be no assurance,  however that the Company will continue to
identify  suitable new acquisition  candidates,  obtain  financing  necessary to
complete such acquisitions or acquire businesses on satisfactory  terms, or that
any business  acquired by the Company will be integrated  successfully  into the
Company's  operations or prove to be profitable.  See "-- Significant  Leverage"
and "--  Restrictions  Imposed  by the  Terms  of the  Company's  Indebtedness."
Successful  integration  of  businesses  acquired  will depend,  in part, on the
Company's   ability  to  manage  these   additional   businesses  and  eliminate
redundancies  and  excess  costs.  Material  failure  or  substantial  delay  in
accomplishing  such  integration  could  have a material  adverse  effect on the
Company's results of operations and financial condition.

<PAGE>
                                       14


Tax Audit Issues

    The  Internal  Revenue  Service  (the  "IRS")  is  currently  examining  the
Company's Federal tax returns for the years 1987 through 1989. In December 1994,
the Company received an examination  report from the IRS proposing a substantial
tax deficiency. The examination report raised a variety of issues, including the
Company's  substantiation  for certain  deductions taken during this period, the
Company's  utilization of certain net operating loss carryovers ("NOLs") and the
availability of such NOLs to offset future taxable income.  The Company filed an
administrative appeal to the examination report in April 1995. In June 1996, the
Company  was  advised  that the  matter  was  being  referred  back to the audit
division of the IRS. The IRS is currently reviewing  information provided by the
Company.  The ultimate  outcome of this matter is subject to the  resolution  of
significant  legal and  factual  issues.  Given the stage of the audit,  and the
number and complexity of the legal and  administrative  proceedings  involved in
reaching a resolution of this matter,  it is unlikely that the ultimate outcome,
if unfavorable to the Company, will be determined for at least several years. If
the IRS  were to  prevail  on all  the  issues  raised,  the  amount  of the tax
assessment  would be  approximately  $56 million plus penalties of approximately
$12.8  million  and  interest  through  March 31,  1998 of  approximately  $98.6
million.  The penalties  asserted by the IRS are calculated as 20% of the amount
of the tax assessed for fiscal year 1987 and 25% of the tax assessed for each of
fiscal years 1988 and 1989. Interest on the amount of tax assessed and penalties
is currently  accruing at a rate of 10% per annum. The applicable annual rate of
interest has historically varied from 7% to 12%.

    If the Company were required to pay a significant  portion of the assessment
with related  interest and  penalties,  such payment  might exceed the Company's
resources.  In such  event,  the  viability  of the  Company  would be placed in
jeopardy,  and it is  uncertain  that the Company  could,  through  financing or
otherwise,  obtain the funds  required  to pay such  assessment,  interest,  and
applicable  penalties.  Management believes,  however,  that the Company will be
able  to  provide  adequate  documentation  for a  substantial  portion  of  the
deductions  questioned by the IRS and that there is substantial  support for the
Company's past and future  utilization of the NOLs. Based upon consultation with
its tax advisors,  management  believes that the Company's position will prevail
on the  most  significant  issues.  Accordingly,  management  believes  that the
outcome  of the  examination  will not have a  material  adverse  effect  on its
financial  condition or results of operations,  but may result in some reduction
in the amount of the NOLs available to the Company.  No additional accruals have
been made for any amounts which might be due as a result of this matter  because
the possible loss ranges from zero to $56 million plus  interest and  penalties,
and the ultimate  outcome  cannot be  determined  or estimated at this time.  No
reserves are being expensed to cover the potential liability.

Continuation of Net Operating Loss Carryovers

    As of December  31,  1997,  the Company  had federal  NOLs of  approximately
$290.5 million. The Company would be subject to an annual limitation  (described
below) on its ability to utilize its NOLs to offset future taxable income if the
Company undergoes an ownership change (an "Ownership Change") within the meaning
of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Section 382").
Generally,  an Ownership  Change is deemed to occur if the aggregate  cumulative
increase in the percentage  ownership of the capital stock of the Company (which
generally includes for this purpose, but is not limited to, the common stock and
certain options and warrants) by persons owning 5% or more of such capital stock
and certain  public  groups  (within the meaning of Section 382) is more than 50
percentage points in any three-year testing period. In the event of an Ownership
Change,  the  Company's  utilization  of its NOLs  would be limited to an annual
amount (without extending the applicable 15-year  carryforward  period for NOLs)
equal to the product of the fair market value of the Company  immediately before
such Ownership Change (as determined  pursuant to Section 382, which may provide
for certain  reductions in value)  multiplied by the long-term  tax-exempt rate,
which is an interest-indexed rate that is published monthly by the IRS and which
is  approximately 5.05%  as of  the date of this Prospectus.  NOLS arising after
the date that any Ownership  Change occurs will be  unaffected by such Ownership
Change.

<PAGE>
                                       15


    It is impossible for the Company to ensure that an Ownership Change will not
occur in the future,  in part because the Company has no ability to restrict the
acquisition  or  disposition  of the  Company's  capital  stock by persons whose
ownership  could cause an  Ownership  Change.  In this  regard,  the Company has
entered into an  agreement,  dated June 27, 1997 (the  "Standstill  Agreement"),
with Mr. Randolph W. Lenz, the former Chairman of the Board of the Company,  and
certain of his affiliates,  who together  beneficially own  approximately 10% of
the Company's common stock,  which places certain  limitations on the ability of
Mr. Lenz and such affiliates to acquire,  sell or otherwise dispose of shares of
the  Company's  capital  stock.  However,  there  can be no  assurance  that the
Standstill Agreement will in fact prevent an Ownership Change from occurring. In
addition,  the Company may in the future take certain  actions  which,  alone or
coupled with other  events,  could give rise to an Ownership  Change,  if in the
exercise of the business judgment of the Company such actions (which may include
future  issuances  of equity  securities)  are  necessary  or  desirable.  If an
Ownership  Change were to occur,  the NOL annual  limitation  under  Section 382
could  substantially  reduce the Company's  future  after-tax  earnings and cash
flow.

Reliance on Key Management

    The success of the Company's  business is dependent  upon the management and
leadership  skills of Ronald M.  DeFeo,  the  Company's  Chairman  of the Board,
President and Chief Executive  Officer.  The Company does not have an employment
agreement  with Mr.  DeFeo and the loss of his  services  could  have a material
adverse effect on the Company.

SEC Investigation

    In March  1994,  the  Commission  initiated a private  investigation,  which
included  the  Company  and  certain  of its  present  and former  officers  and
affiliates,  to determine  whether  violations of certain aspects of the Federal
securities  laws had  occurred.  To date,  the  inquiry  of the  Commission  has
primarily  focused on accounting  treatment and  reporting  matters  relating to
various  transactions  which took place in the late 1980s and early  1990s.  The
Company is cooperating with the Commission in its investigation. The Company has
recently been advised by the Staff of the Commission that it has been authorized
by the Commission to institute an administrative  proceeding against the Company
and  certain  of its  present  and  former  officers  and  affiliates.  Based on
information   currently   available  to  the  Company,   it  is  the   Company's
understanding that if a proceeding were to be brought, the Staff intends to seek
an order to cease and desist violations of the Federal  securities laws (without
monetary  penalties)  based on  claims  relating  to  accounting  treatment  and
reporting  matters with respect to the Company's  financial  statements  for the
years ended December 31, 1990 and 1991, as well as the Company's Proxy Statement
covering the 1992 fiscal year.  It is not possible at this time to determine the
outcome of the Commission's investigation.

Environmental and Related Matters

     The  Company  generates  hazardous  and  nonhazardous  wastes in the normal
course of its manufacturing operations. As a result, the Company is subject to a
wide  range  of  federal,  state,  local  and  foreign  environmental  laws  and
regulations,  including the Comprehensive  Environmental Response,  Compensation
and Liability Act ("CERCLA"),  that (i) govern activities or operations that may
have adverse environmental effects, such as discharges to air and water, as well
as handling and disposal  practices for hazardous and nonhazardous  wastes,  and
(ii)  impose  liability  for the  costs of  cleaning  up,  and  certain  damages
resulting from,  sites of past spills,  disposals or other releases of hazardous
substances.  Compliance  with such laws and regulations  has, and will,  require
expenditures by the Company on a continuing  basis.  The Company does not expect
that these  expenditures  will have a material  adverse  effect on its financial
condition or results of operations.

<PAGE>
                                       16


Foreign Currencies; International Operations

    The Company's  products are sold in over 50 countries  around the world and,
accordingly,  revenues of the Company are generated in foreign currencies, while
the costs  associated  with those revenues are only partly  incurred in the same
currencies.  The major foreign  currencies,  among others,  in which the Company
conducts  business are the Pound  Sterling,  the French Franc and Deutsche Mark.
Costs of the  Company  are  primarily  incurred  in the same  currencies  and in
percentages  which are not materially  different  from the revenue  percentages.
Since the  Company's  financial  statements  are  denominated  in U.S.  dollars,
changes in exchange rates between the dollar and other  currencies  have had and
will have an impact on the reported results of the Company. To date, this impact
has not been material on the earnings of the Company. The Company may, from time
to  time,  hedge  specifically  identified  committed  transactions  in  foreign
currencies  using forward currency sale or purchase  contracts.  The Company has
not engaged in any speculative or profit motivated hedging activities.  Although
revenues and costs of the Company may be partially hedged, currency fluctuations
will impact the Company's financial performance in the future.

    International  operations  are also subject to a number of potential  risks,
including,  among others,  currency exchange  controls,  labor unrest,  regional
economic uncertainty,  political instability,  restrictions on transfer of funds
(including by dividend),  export duties and quotas, domestic and foreign customs
and  tariffs,  current  and  changing  regulatory  environments,  difficulty  in
obtaining  distribution support and potentially adverse tax consequences.  There
can be no assurance  that these  factors will not have an adverse  effect on the
Company or its international operations or sales in the future.

Purchase of Notes on Change of Control

    Upon the  occurrence  of a Change of Control (as defined in the  Indenture),
each  Holder  will have the right to  require  the  Company  to make an offer to
repurchase  all or any portion of such Holder's  Notes at a purchase price equal
to 101% of the  aggregate  principal  amount  thereof  plus  accrued  and unpaid
interest,  if any,  to the date of  purchase.  The  source of funds for any such
purchase  would be the Company's  available  cash or cash  generated  from other
sources,  including  borrowings,  sales  of  assets,  sales of  equity  or funds
provided by a new  controlling  person.  The  occurrence  of a Change of Control
likely would  constitute an event of default under the New Bank Credit  Facility
that would permit the lenders to  accelerate  the debt under the New Bank Credit
Facility.  In such event,  the Company  likely would  attempt to  refinance  the
indebtedness outstanding under the New Bank Credit Facility and the Notes. There
can be no assurance that  sufficient  funds will be available at the time of any
Change of Control to make any required  purchases  of the Notes  tendered and to
repay indebtedness  under the New Bank Credit Facility.  See "Description of the
Notes -- Change of Control."

Lack of Public Market

    The New Notes are being  offered to the  holders  of the Old Notes.  The Old
Notes  were  issued  in March  1998 to the  Initial  Purchasers  and  resold  in
transactions not requiring  registration  under the Securities Act or applicable
state securities  laws,  including sales pursuant to Rule 144A and Regulation S.
The Old Notes are eligible for trading on the PORTAL market.  The New Notes will
be new securities for which there  currently is no market.  Although the Initial
Purchasers have advised the Company that they currently  intend to make a market
in the New Notes,  they are not  obligated to do so, and any such market  making
may be  discontinued at any time without  notice.  Accordingly,  there can be no
assurance  as to the future  development  or liquidity of any market for the New
Notes. If a trading market develops for the New Notes,  future trading prices of
such  securities  will depend on many  factors,  inducing,  among other  things,
prevailing  interest rates,  the Company's  results of operations and the market
for similar securities.  The Company does not intend to apply for listing of the
New Notes on any  securities  exchange or for  quotation  through  the  National
Association of Securities Dealer Automated Quotation System.

<PAGE>
                                       17


                                   THE COMPANY

    Terex is a global  manufacturer of a broad range of construction  and mining
related  capital  equipment.  The Company  strives to  manufacture  high quality
machines which are low cost,  simple to use and easy to maintain.  The Company's
principal  products  include  telescopic  mobile cranes,  aerial work platforms,
utility  aerial  devices,  telescopic  material  handlers,  truck mounted mobile
cranes,  rigid and  articulated  off-highway  trucks and high  capacity  surface
mining  trucks,  large  hydraulic  mining  shovels  and related  components  and
replacement  parts. The Company's  products are manufactured at 16 plants in the
United States and Europe and are sold primarily  through a worldwide  network of
dealers in over 750  locations to the global  construction,  infrastructure  and
surface mining markets.

    The  Company's  operations  began in 1983  with the  purchase  of  Northwest
Engineering  Company,  the  Company's  original  business and name.  Since 1983,
management has expanded and changed the Company's  business  through a series of
acquisitions and dispositions.  In 1988,  Northwest  Engineering  Company merged
into  a  subsidiary  acquired  in  1986  named  Terex  Corporation,  with  Terex
Corporation  as the surviving  entity.  As a result of the completion of the PPM
Acquisition  (as  defined  below) in May 1995,  the  Company's  operations  were
divided into three principal  segments:  Material Handling,  Heavy Equipment and
Mobile  Cranes.  On November 27,  1996,  the Company  completed  the sale of its
worldwide material handling segment, which was originally acquired in July 1992,
and  currently  the Company  operates in two business  segments:  Terex  Lifting
(formerly known as Terex Cranes) and Terex Earthmoving  (formerly known as Terex
Trucks).  The principal executive offices of the Company are located at 500 Post
Road  East,  Westport,  Connecticut  06880  and its  telephone  number  is (203)
222-7170.

    Terex Lifting  manufactures  and sells telescopic  mobile cranes  (including
rough  terrain,  truck and all terrain  mobile  cranes),  aerial work  platforms
(including scissor,  articulated boom and straight  telescoping boom aerial work
platforms),  utility aerial devices  (including  digger derricks and articulated
aerial devices),  telescopic  material handlers  (including  container stackers,
scrap  handlers and  telescopic  rough  terrain boom  forklifts),  truck mounted
cranes  (boom  trucks) and  related  components  and  replacement  parts.  These
products are primarily used by construction and industrial customers and utility
companies. Terex Lifting is comprised of a number of divisions and subsidiaries.

    Terex Lifting was established as a separate  business segment as a result of
the acquisition (the "PPM  Acquisition") in May 1995 of substantially all of the
shares of P.P.M.  S.A. and certain of its  subsidiaries,  including P.P.M.  SpA,
Brimont Agraire S.A., a specialized  trailer  manufacturer in France,  PPM Krane
GmbH,  a sales  organization  in  Germany,  and Baulift  Baumaschinen  Und Krane
Handels GmbH, a parts distributor in Germany (collectively,  "PPM Europe"), from
Potain S.A.,  and all of the capital  stock of Legris  Industries,  Inc.,  which
owned 92.4% of the capital stock of PPM Cranes,  Inc.  ("Terex Lifting -- Conway
Operations";  PPM Europe and Terex Lifting -- Conway Operations are collectively
referred to herein as "PPM") from Legris Industries,  S.A. Concurrently with the
completion of the PPM Acquisition,  the Company  contributed the assets (subject
to  liabilities)  of its  Koehring  Cranes and  Excavators  and Mark  Industries
division to Terex Cranes,  Inc., a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Company.  The
former division now operates as Koehring Cranes, Inc., a wholly owned subsidiary
of Terex Cranes, Inc.

    During 1997,  the Company  completed two  acquisitions  to augment its Terex
Lifting  segment.  On April 7, 1997,  the Company  completed the  acquisition of
substantially all of the capital stock of certain of the former  subsidiaries of
Simon  Engineering  plc for $90 million  (subject to  adjustment  under  certain
circumstances). The Simon Access Companies consist principally of business units
in the United States and Europe engaged in the  manufacture,  sale and worldwide
distribution  of access  equipment  designed to position people and materials to
work at heights.  The Simon Access  Companies'  products  include utility aerial
devices,  aerial work platforms and truck mounted cranes (boom trucks) which are
sold to customers in the industrial and construction markets, as well as utility
companies.  Specifically,  the Company  acquired 100% of the outstanding  common
stock of (i) Simon Telelect,  Inc. (now named Terex-Telelect,  Inc.), a Delaware
corporation,  (ii) Simon  Aerials,  Inc.  (now named  Terex  Aerials,  Inc.),  a
Wisconsin  corporation and parent company of Terex-RO  Corporation ("Terex RO"),
(iii) Sim-Tech Management Limited, a private limited company  incorporated under
the laws of Hong Kong, (iv) Simon Cella,  S.r.1., a company  incorporated  under

<PAGE>
                                       18


the laws of Italy,  and (v) Simon  Aerials  Limited  (now  named  Terex  Aerials
Limited),  a  company  incorporated  under the laws of  Ireland;  and 60% of the
outstanding common stock of Simon-Tomen  Engineering  Company Limited, a limited
liability  stock company  organized  under the laws of Japan. On April 14, 1997,
the Company  completed  the  acquisition  of all of the capital  stock of Baraga
Products,  Inc.  and M&M  Enterprises  of Baraga,  Inc.  (together,  the "Square
Shooter  Business"),  which  manufacture  the Square  Shooter,  a rough  terrain
telescopic  lift truck designed to lift materials to heights where they are used
in construction.

     On May 4, 1998,  the Company  purchased  all of the  outstanding  shares of
Holland  Lift  International  BV  ("Holland  Lift")  for  a  purchase  price  of
approximately  $4.35 million.  Holland Lift, which is headquartered just outside
Amsterdam, the Netherlands,  manufactures and sells self-propelled scissor lifts
(commonly referred to as aerial work platforms).

    Terex  Earthmoving  currently  manufactures and sells  articulated and rigid
off-highway  trucks  and  high  capacity  surface  mining  trucks,  and  related
components  and  replacement   parts.  These  products  are  used  primarily  by
construction,  mining and government customers.  On January 5, 1998, the Company
also acquired Payhauler Corp.  ("Payhauler"),  which manufactures and markets 30
and 50 ton all wheel drive rigid frame trucks  designed to move material in more
severe operating  conditions than a standard rear wheel drive rigid frame truck.
On March 31, 1998, the Company  purchased all of the  outstanding  shares of O&K
Mining  from  O&K  Orenstein  & Koppel  AG for net  aggregate  consideration  of
approximately $168 million,  subject to certain  post-closing  adjustments.  O&K
Mining is engaged in the manufacture,  sale and worldwide  distribution of heavy
duty hydraulic  excavators  primarily  used to load coal,  copper ore, iron ore,
other mineral-bearing materials or rocks into trucks. These products are used by
mining  equipment   contractors,   mining  and  quarrying  companies  and  large
construction  companies  involved in infrastructure  projects  worldwide.  Terex
Earthmoving  is  comprised  of  Terex  Equipment  Limited  ("TEL"),  located  in
Motherwell,  Scotland,  Unit Rig  ("Unit  Rig"),  located  in  Tulsa,  Oklahoma,
Payhauler,  located in Batavia,  Illinois,  and O&K Mining, located in Dortmund,
Germany.

                               THE EXCHANGE OFFER

Purpose and Effect of the Exchange Offer

     The Old Notes  were sold by the  Company on March 31,  1998 to the  Initial
Purchasers   with  further   distribution   permitted   only  to  (i)  Qualified
Institutional Buyers (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and (ii)
persons  in  offshore  transactions  in  reliance  on  Regulation  S  under  the
Securities  Act. In connection  with the sale of the Old Notes,  the Company and
the Initial  Purchasers  entered into the  Registration  Rights  Agreement which
requires the Company to file with the Commission the  registration  statement of
which this  Prospectus  is a part within 60 days of the date of the  issuance of
the Old Notes  (the  "Issuance  Date")  with  respect to a  registered  offer to
exchange the Old Notes for New Notes,  identical in all material respects to the
Old Notes, and to use its best efforts to cause such  registration  statement to
become  effective under the Securities Act within 150 days of the Issuance Date.
The Company  will keep the  Exchange  Offer open for not less than 30 days after
the date notice of the Exchange  Offer is mailed to the  Holders.  A copy of the
Registration  Rights  Agreement has been filed as an exhibit to the Registration
Statement of which this  Prospectus is a part.  The Exchange Offer is being made
pursuant  to  the  Registration   Rights  Agreement  to  satisfy  the  Company's
obligations  thereunder.  The term "Holder"  with respect to the Exchange  Offer
means any person in whose name Old Notes are  registered on the Company's  books
or any other  person who has obtained a properly  completed  bond power from the
registered Holder.

Resale of New Notes

     Based on an  interpretation  by the  staff of the  Commission  set forth in
no-action  letters  issued to third  parties,  including  "K-III  Communications
Corporation"  (available May 14, 1993), "Shearman & Sterling" (available July 2,
1993), "Exxon Capital Holdings  Corporation"  (available May 13, 1988),  "Morgan
Stanley & Co. Incorporated" (available June 5, 1991), "Mary Kay Cosmetics, Inc."
(available June 5, 1991) and "Warnaco,  Inc." (available  October 11, 1991), the
Company believes that,  except as described below, the New Notes issued pursuant
to the  Exchange  Offer in  exchange  for Old Notes may be offered  for  resale,
resold and  otherwise  transferred  by any Holder of such Notes  (other than any
such Holder which is a broker-dealer or an "affiliate" of the Company within the
meaning  of Rule 405 under  the  Securities  Act)  without  compliance  with the
registration and prospectus  delivery provisions of the Securities Act, provided
that,  (i) such New Notes are acquired in the ordinary  course of such  Holder's
business,  (ii) such Holder has no arrangement or understanding  with any person
to participate in the  distribution of such New Notes,  and (iii) such Holder is

<PAGE>
                                       19


not  engaged  in, and does not intend to engage in, a  distribution  of such New
Notes.  The Company does not intend to request the  Commission to consider,  and
the  Commission  has not  considered,  the  Exchange  Offer in the  context of a
no-action  letter and there can be no assurance that the staff of the Commission
would make a similar  determination with respect to the Exchange Offer as it has
in such other  circumstances.  By tendering Old Notes for New Notes, each Holder
will represent to the Company,  that (i) the New Notes acquired  pursuant to the
Exchange  Offer are being  acquired  in the  ordinary  course of business of the
person receive such New Notes, whether or not such person is the Holder, (ii) if
such Holder is not a broker-dealer, neither the Holder nor any such other person
is engaging in or intends to engage in a distribution  of such New Notes,  (iii)
neither the Holder nor any such other person has an arrangement or understanding
with any person to participate in the  distribution of such New Notes within the
meaning of the  Securities  Act,  and (iv) neither the Holder nor any such other
person is an affiliate of the Company. In the event that any Holder of Old Notes
cannot make the  requisite  representations  to the Company,  such holder cannot
rely on such  interpretation by the staff of the Commission and must comply with
the registration and prospectus  delivery  requirements of the Securities Act in
connection  with a  secondary  resale  transaction.  Unless  an  exemption  from
registration  is  otherwise  available,  any such resale  transaction  should be
covered by an effective  registration  statement containing the selling security
holders information  required by Item 507 of Regulation S-K under the Securities
Act.  This  Prospectus  may be used  for an  offer to  resell,  resale  or other
retransfer of New Notes only as specifically set forth herein.

     Each  broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account in exchange
for Old Notes,  where such Old Notes were  acquired by such  broker-dealer  as a
result of market-making activities or other trading activities, must acknowledge
that it will  deliver a  prospectus  in  connection  with any resale of such New
Notes,  and that it has not entered into any arrangement or  understanding  with
the  Company  or any  affiliate  of the  Company  to  distribute  New  Notes  in
connection with any resale of such New Notes. See "Plan of Distribution."

Terms of the Exchange Offer

     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions  set forth in this  Prospectus
and in the Letter of  Transmittal,  the Company will accept for exchange any and
all Old Notes properly  tendered and not withdrawn  prior to 5:00 p.m., New York
City time,  on the  Expiration  Date.  The Company will issue  $1,000  principal
amount of New Notes in exchange for each $1,000  principal amount of outstanding
Old Notes surrendered pursuant to the Exchange Offer.  Old Notes may be tendered
only in integral multiples of $1,000.

     The form and terms of the New Notes  will be the same as the form and terms
of the Old Notes except the New Notes will be  registered  under the  Securities
Act and hence will not bear legends  restricting the transfer  thereof.  The New
Notes will evidence the same debt as the Old Notes. The New Notes will be issued
under and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture,  which also  authorized the
issuance  of the Old Notes,  such that both  series  will be treated as a single
class of debt securities under the Indenture.

     As of the date of this Prospectus,  $150 million aggregate principal amount
of the Old Notes are outstanding.  This Prospectus,  together with the Letter of
Transmittal, is being sent to all registered Holders of Old Notes. There will be
no fixed record date for determining registered Holders of Old Notes entitled to
participate in the Exchange Offer.  The Exchange Offer is not  conditioned  with
any minimum principal amount of Old Notes being tendered for exchange.  However,
the  obligation to accept Old Notes for exchange  pursuant to the Exchange Offer
is subject to certain conditions, as described under "-- Conditions".

     The Company  intends to conduct the Exchange  Offer in accordance  with the
provisions of the Registration Rights Agreement and the applicable  requirements
of the Exchange Act, and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder.
Old Notes which are not tendered for exchange in the Exchange  Offer will remain
outstanding  and continue to accrue  interest and will be entitled to the rights
and benefits such Holders have under the Indenture and the  Registration  Rights
Agreement.

<PAGE>
                                       20


     The Company shall be deemed to have accepted for exchange properly tendered
Old Notes when,  as and if the Company  shall have given oral or written  notice
thereof to the Exchange Agent and complied with the provisions of the Indenture.
The Exchange Agent will act as agent for the tendering  Holders for the purposes
of receiving the New Notes from the Company.

     Holders who tender Old Notes in the Exchange  Offer will not be required to
pay brokerage  commissions or fees or, subject to the instructions in the Letter
of  Transmittal,  transfer  taxes  with  respect  to the  exchange  of Old Notes
pursuant to the Exchange  Offer.  The Company will pay all charges and expenses,
other than certain  applicable  taxes  described  below,  in connection with the
Exchange Offer. See " -- Fees and Expenses."

Expiration Date; Extensions; Amendments

    The term  "Expiration  Date"  shall  mean 5:00  p.m.,  New York City time on
September 11,  1998,  unless the Company,  in its sole  discretion,  extends the
Exchange Offer, in which case the term  "Expiration  Date" shall mean the latest
date to which the Exchange Offer is extended.  Notwithstanding  any extension of
the Exchange  Offer,  if the Exchange Offer is not  consummated by September 28,
1998, the interest rate borne by the Old Notes shall be increased by one-half of
one percent (0.5%) per annum until the Exchange Offer is consummated.

     In order to extend the Exchange Offer, the Company will notify the Exchange
Agent of any extension by oral or written notice and will mail to the Holders an
announcement  thereof,  prior to 9:00  a.m.,  New York  City  time,  on the next
business day after the previously scheduled Expiration Date.

     The  Company  reserves  the  right,  in its sole  discretion,  (i) to delay
accepting  any Old  Notes,  to extend the  Exchange  Offer or to  terminate  the
Exchange Offer and not permit  acceptance of Old Notes not previously  accepted,
if any of the conditions  set forth below under " -- Conditions"  shall not have
been  satisfied,  by giving oral or written  notice of such delay,  extension or
termination  to the  Exchange  Agent or (ii) to amend the terms of the  Exchange
Offer in any manner which,  in its good faith  judgment,  is advantageous to the
holders of the Old Notes,  whether before or after any tender of the Notes.  Any
such delay in acceptance,  extension,  termination or amendment will be followed
as promptly as practicable by oral or written notice thereof to the Holders.  If
the  Exchange  Offer  is  amended  in a  manner  determined  by the  Company  to
constitute a material change,  the Company will promptly disclose such amendment
by means of a prospectus  supplement  that will be distributed to the registered
Holders,  if required by law, and the Company will extend the Exchange Offer for
a period of five to ten business days,  depending upon the  significance  of the
amendment  and the  manner  of  disclosure  to the  registered  Holders,  if the
Exchange  Offer would  otherwise  expire  during such five to ten  business  day
period.

     Without  limiting  the  manner in which the  Company  may  choose to make a
public  announcement  of any delay,  extension,  termination or amendment of the
Exchange Offer, the Company shall have no obligation to publish,  advertise,  or
otherwise  communicate  any such  public  announcement,  other  than by making a
timely release to the Dow Jones news service.

Interest on the New Notes

     The New Notes  will bear  interest  at  8-7/8%  per annum  from the date of
original  issue.  Interest  on the New Notes will be payable  semi-annually,  in
arrears,  on April 1 and October 1 of each year,  commencing on October 1, 1998.
Holders of New Notes will  receive  interest on October 1, 1998 from the date of
initial issuance of the New Notes,  plus an amount equal to the accrued interest
on the Old Notes from the most  recent date to which  interest  has been paid to
the date of exchange  thereof for New Notes.  Interest on the Old Notes accepted
for exchange will cease to accrue upon issuance of the New Notes.

<PAGE>
                                       21

Conditions

     Notwithstanding  any other term of the Exchange Offer, the Company will not
be  required to accept for  exchange,  or  exchange  any New Notes for,  any Old
Notes,  and may  terminate  the  Exchange  Offer as provided  herein  before the
acceptance of any Old Notes for exchange, if:

     (a) any action or proceeding is instituted or threatened in any court or by
or before any  governmental  agency with respect to the Exchange Offer which, in
the Company's sole judgment,  might materially impair the ability of the Company
to proceed with the Exchange Offer, or

     (b) any law, statute,  rule or regulation is proposed,  adopted or enacted,
or any existing law, statute,  rule or regulation is interpreted by the staff of
the Commission,  which, in the Company's sole judgment,  might materially impair
the ability of the Company to proceed with the Exchange Offer, or

     (c) any  governmental  approval has not been  obtained,  which approval the
Company shall, in its sole  discretion,  deem necessary for the  consummation of
the Exchange Offer as contemplated hereby.

     If the  Company  determines  in  its  sole  discretion  that  any of  these
conditions are not satisfied, the Company may (i) refuse to accept any Old Notes
and return all  tendered  Old Notes to the  tendering  Holders,  (ii) extend the
Exchange  Offer and retain all Old Notes tendered prior to the expiration of the
Exchange Offer, subject, however, to the rights of Holders who tendered such Old
Notes to withdraw  their  tendered  Old Notes,  or (iii) waive such  unsatisfied
conditions  with respect to the Exchange Offer and accept all properly  tendered
Old Notes which have not been withdrawn.

     The foregoing conditions are for the sole benefit of the Company and may be
asserted by the Company regardless of the circumstances  giving rise to any such
condition  or may be waived by the  Company  in whole or in part at any time and
from time to time in its sole discretion. The failure by the Company at any time
to exercise any of the foregoing rights shall not be deemed a waiver of any such
right,  and each  such  right,  shall be deemed an  ongoing  right  which may be
asserted at any time and from time to time.

Procedures for Tendering

     Only a Holder of Old Notes may tender such Old Notes in the Exchange Offer.
To tender in the  Exchange  Offer,  a Holder  must  complete,  sign and date the
Letter of  Transmittal,  or a facsimile  thereof,  have the  signatures  thereon
guaranteed  if  required  by the Letter of  Transmittal,  and mail or  otherwise
deliver such Letter of  Transmittal  or such  facsimile,  together  with the Old
Notes and any other  required  documents,  to the  Exchange  Agent prior to 5:00
p.m.,  New York City time, on the Expiration  Date. In addition,  either (i) Old
Notes  must  be  received  by the  Exchange  Agent  along  with  the  Letter  of
Transmittal, or (ii) a timely confirmation of book-entry transfer (a "Book-Entry
Confirmation")  of such Old Notes,  if such  procedure  is  available,  into the
Exchange  Agent's  account at the  Depository  Trust  Company  (the  "Book-Entry
Transfer  Facility") pursuant to the procedure for book-entry transfer described
below must be received by the Exchange  Agent prior to the  Expiration  Date, or
(iii) the Holder must comply with the guaranteed delivery  procedures  described
below.  To be tendered  effectively,  the Old Notes,  Letter of Transmittal  and
other  required  documents must be received by the Exchange Agent at the address
set forth below under " -- Exchange Agent".

     The tender by a Holder which is not withdrawn  prior to the Expiration Date
will  constitute an agreement  between such Holder and the Company in accordance
with the terms and subject to the  conditions set forth herein and in the Letter
of Transmittal.

     THE METHOD OF  DELIVERY  OF OLD NOTES,  THE LETTER OF  TRANSMITTAL  AND ALL
OTHER  REQUIRED  DOCUMENTS TO THE EXCHANGE  AGENT IS AT THE ELECTION AND RISK OF
THE HOLDERS.  IF SUCH DELIVERY IS BY MAIL,  IT IS  RECOMMENDED  THAT  REGISTERED
MAIL,  PROPERLY INSURED,  WITH RETURN RECEIPT REQUESTED,  BE USED. IN ALL CASES,
SUFFICIENT  TIME  SHOULD BE ALLOWED TO ASSURE  DELIVERY  TO THE  EXCHANGE  AGENT
BEFORE THE EXPIRATION DATE. NO LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL OR OLD NOTES SHOULD BE SENT

<PAGE>
                                       22

TO  THE  COMPANY.  HOLDERS  MAY  REQUEST  THEIR  RESPECTIVE  BROKERS,   DEALERS,
COMMERCIAL BANKS,  TRUST COMPANIES OR NOMINEES TO EFFECT THE ABOVE  TRANSACTIONS
FOR AND ON BEHALF OF SUCH HOLDERS.

     Any  beneficial  owner  whose  Old Notes  are  registered  in the name of a
broker,  dealer,  commercial bank, trust company or other nominee and who wishes
to tender such Old Notes  should  contact the  registered  Holder  promptly  and
instruct  such  Holder to  tender on such  beneficial  owner's  behalf.  If such
beneficial  owner wishes to tender on its own behalf,  such owner must, prior to
completing and executing the Letter of Transmittal and delivering its Old Notes,
either make appropriate  arrangements to register  ownership of the Old Notes in
its name or obtain a properly  completed bond power from the registered  Holder.
The transfer of registered  ownership may take  considerable time and may not be
able to be completed prior to the Expiration Date.

     Signatures on a Letter of  Transmittal  or a notice of  withdrawal,  as the
case may be, must be guaranteed by any Eligible  Institution  (as defined below)
unless the Old Notes tendered  pursuant thereto are tendered (i) by a Holder who
has not completed the box entitled "Special  Issuance  Instructions" or "Special
Delivery  Instructions"  on the Letter of Transmittal or (ii) for the account of
an Eligible Institution. In the event that signatures on a Letter of Transmittal
or a notice of  withdrawal,  as the case may be, are required to be  guaranteed,
such  guarantor  must be a  member  firm  of a  registered  national  securities
exchange  or  of  the  National  Association  of  Securities  Dealers,  Inc.,  a
commercial bank or trust company having an office or correspondent in the United
States or an "eligible guarantor institution" within the meaning of Rule 17Ad-15
under the  Exchange  Act which is a member  of one of the  recognized  signature
guarantee  programs  identified in the Letter of Transmittal (each, an "Eligible
Institution").

     If the Letter of Transmittal is signed by a person other than the Holder of
any Old Notes listed therein,  such Old Notes must be endorsed or accompanied by
a properly  completed  bond power,  in  satisfactory  form as  determined by the
Company in its sole  discretion,  signed by such  Holder as such  Holder's  name
appears on such Old Notes with the signature  thereon  guaranteed by an Eligible
Institution.

     If the Letter of  Transmittal or any Old Notes or bond powers are signed by
trustees, executors, administrators,  guardians, attorneys-in-fact,  officers of
corporations or others acting in a fiduciary or  representative  capacity,  such
persons  should so indicate  when  signing,  and unless  waived by the  Company,
evidence  satisfactory  to the  Company  of  their  authority  to so act must be
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal.

     All  questions as to the validity,  form,  eligibility  (including  time of
receipt),  acceptance of tendered Old Notes and withdrawal of tendered Old Notes
will be determined by the Company in its sole  discretion,  which  determination
will be final and binding. The Company reserves the absolute right to reject any
and  all  Old  Notes  not  properly  tendered  or any Old  Notes  the  Company's
acceptance  of which  would,  in the  opinion of  counsel  for the  Company,  be
unlawful.   The  Company   also   reserves  the  right  to  waive  any  defects,
irregularities or conditions of tender as to particular Old Notes. The Company's
interpretation  of the terms and conditions of the Exchange Offer (including the
instructions  in the  Letter of  Transmittal)  will be final and  binding on all
parties. Unless waived, any defects or irregularities in connection with tenders
of Old Notes must be cured  within  such time as the  Company  shall  determine.
Although the Company intends to notify Holders of defects or irregularities with
respect to tenders of Old Notes, neither the Company, the Exchange Agent nor any
other person shall incur any  liability  for failure to give such  notification.
Tenders of Old Notes will not be deemed to have been made until such  defects or
irregularities have been cured or waived. Any Old Notes received by the Exchange
Agent  that  are  not  properly   tendered  and  as  to  which  the  defects  or
irregularities  have not been cured or waived will be  returned by the  Exchange
Agent to the  tendering  Holders,  unless  otherwise  provided  in the Letter of
Transmittal, as soon as practicable following the Expiration Date.

    While the Company has no present  plan to acquire any Old Notes that are not
tendered  in the  Exchange  Offer,  the Company  reserves  the right in its sole
discretion  to (i)  purchase  or  make  offers  for any Old  Notes  that  remain
outstanding  subsequent to the Expiration  Date, (ii) as set forth above under "
- --  Conditions,"  to terminate the Exchange Offer, or (iii) redeem the Old Notes
as a whole  or in part at any time and from  time to time,  as set  forth  under
"Description of Notes--Optional  Redemption," or (iv) to the extent permitted by
applicable law, purchase Old Notes in the open market,  in privately  negotiated
transactions  or  otherwise.  The terms of any such  purchases  or offers  could
differ from the terms of the Exchange Offer.

<PAGE>
                                       23


     In all cases,  issuance  of New Notes for Old Notes that are  accepted  for
exchange  pursuant to the Exchange  Offer will be made only after timely receipt
by the Exchange Agent of certificates for such Old Notes or a timely  Book-Entry
confirmation  of such  Old  Notes  into  the  Exchange  Agent's  account  at the
Book-Entry  Transfer Facility,  a properly completed and duly executed Letter of
Transmittal and all other required documents.  If any tendered Old Notes are not
accepted for exchange  for any reason set forth in the terms and  conditions  of
the Exchange Offer, or if Old Notes are submitted for a greater principal amount
than the Holder desires to exchange,  such unaccepted or non-exchanged Old Notes
will be returned  without  expense to the tendering  Holder  thereof (or, in the
case of Old Notes  tendered by  book-entry  transfer  into the Exchange  Agent's
account at the Book-Entry  Transfer Facility pursuant to the book-entry transfer
procedures  described below, such non-exchanged Old Notes will be credited to an
account  maintained  with such  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility)  as  promptly as
practicable after the expiration or termination of the Exchange Offer.

Book Entry Transfer

     The Exchange Agent will make a request to establish an account with respect
to the Old  Notes  at the  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility  for  purposes  of the
Exchange Offer within two business days after the date of this  Prospectus,  and
any financial  institution  that is a  participant  in the  Book-Entry  Transfer
Facility's  system may make  book-entry  delivery  of Old Notes by  causing  the
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility  to  transfer  such Old Notes  into the  Exchange
Agent's  account at the  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility in accordance  with such
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility's  procedures  for  transfer.  However,  although
delivery  of Old  Notes  may be  effected  through  book-entry  transfer  at the
Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility,  the Letter of Transmittal or facsimile thereof,
with any required signature  guarantees and any other required documents,  must,
in any case, be transmitted to and received by the Exchange Agent at the address
set forth below under "-- Exchange Agent" on or prior to the Expiration Date or,
if the guaranteed delivery  procedures  described below are to be complied with,
within the time period provided under such procedures.  Delivery of documents to
the Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility does not constitute  delivery to the Exchange
Agent.

Guaranteed Delivery Procedures

     Holders who wish to tender  their Old Notes and (i) whose Old Notes are not
immediately  available or (ii) who cannot deliver their Old Notes, the Letter of
Transmittal or any other  required  documents to the Exchange Agent prior to the
Expiration Date, may effect a tender if:

             (a) The tender is made through an Eligible Institution;

             (b) On or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration
Date,  the Exchange  Agent  receives from such  Eligible  Institution a properly
completed and duly executed  Letter of Transmittal  and the Notice of Guaranteed
Delivery,  substantially  in the form  provided  by the  Company  (by  facsimile
transmission,  mail or hand delivery)  setting forth the name and address of the
Holder,  the registered  number(s) of such Old Notes and the principal amount of
Old  Notes  tendered,  stating  that  the  tender  is  being  made  thereby  and
guaranteeing  that,  within three New York Stock Exchange trading days after the
Expiration Date, the Letter of Transmittal (or facsimile  thereof) together with
the Old Notes or a  Book-Entry  Confirmation,  as the case may be, and any other
documents  required  by the  Letter  of  Transmittal  will be  deposited  by the
Eligible Institution with the Exchange Agent; and

             (c) Such properly  completed and executed Letter of Transmittal (or
facsimile  thereof),  as well as all  tendered  Old  Notes  in  proper  form for
transfer  or a  Book-Entry  Confirmation,  as the  case  may be,  and all  other
documents  required by the Letter of  Transmittal,  are received by the Exchange
Agent within three New York Stock  Exchange  trading  days after the  Expiration
Date.

<PAGE>
                                       24

     Upon request to the Exchange Agent, a Notice of Guaranteed Delivery will be
sent to Holders who wish to tender their Old Notes  according to the  guaranteed
delivery procedures set forth above.

Withdrawal of Tenders

     Except as otherwise provided herein,  tenders of Old Notes may be withdrawn
at any time prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the Expiration Date.

     To  withdraw  a tender of Old Notes in the  Exchange  Offer,  a written  or
facsimile  transmission  notice of  withdrawal  must be received by the Exchange
Agent at its address set forth herein prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on
the Expiration  Date. Any such notice of withdrawal must (i) specify the name of
the person  having  deposited the Old Notes to be withdrawn  (the  "Depositor"),
(ii) identify the Old Notes to be withdrawn  (including the principal  amount of
such Old Notes and,  in the case  certificates  representing  the Old Notes have
been  tendered,  registered  number or numbers  and or, in the case of Old Notes
transferred  by book-entry  transfer,  the name and number of the account at the
Book-Entry  Transfer Facility to be credited),  (iii) be signed by the Holder in
the same manner as the original  signature on the Letter of Transmittal by which
such Old Notes were tendered (including any required signature guarantees) or be
accompanied  by documents  of transfer  sufficient  to have United  States Trust
Company of New York, the trustee with respect to the Old Notes (the  "Trustee"),
register the transfer of such Old Notes into the name of the person  withdrawing
the  tender  and (iv)  specify  the name in which  any such Old  Notes are to be
registered,  if different  from that of the  Depositor.  All questions as to the
validity,  form and eligibility (including time of receipt) of such notices will
be determined by the Company,  whose determination shall be final and binding on
all parties.  Any Old Notes so withdrawn will be deemed not to have been validly
tendered for purposes of the Exchange Offer and no New Notes will be issued with
respect thereto unless the Old Notes so withdrawn are validly  re-tendered.  Any
Old Notes which have been  tendered  but which are not accepted for payment will
be returned to the Holder  thereof  without cost to such Holder (or, is the case
of Old Notes tendered by book-entry  transfer into the Exchange  Agent's account
at  the  Book-Entry  Transfer  Facility  pursuant  to  the  book-entry  transfer
procedures  described  above,  such Old Notes  will be  credited  to an  account
maintained with such Book-Entry  Transfer Facility) as soon as practicable after
withdrawal,  rejection of tender or termination of the Exchange Offer.  Properly
withdrawn  Old  Notes  may be  retendered  by  following  one of the  procedures
described above under "-- Procedures for Tendering" and "--Book-Entry  Transfer"
at any time prior to the Expiration Date.

Exchange Agent

         United States Trust Company of New York has been  appointed as Exchange
Agent of the Exchange Offer. Questions and requests for assistance, requests for
additional  copies  of this  Prospectus  or of the  Letter  of  Transmittal  and
requests for Notices of Guaranteed  Delivery  should be directed to the Exchange
Agent addressed as follows:

By Registered or Certified Mail:            By Overnight Courier or By Hand,
                                              After 4:30pm:

United States Trust Company of New York     United States Trust Company of 
P.O. Box 844, Cooper Station                  New York
New York, New York 10276-0844               770 Broadway, 13th Floor
Attention:  Corporate Trust Services        New York, New York 10003
                                            Attention: Corporate Trust Services

By Hand Prior to 4:30 pm:                   By Facsimile:

United States Trust Company of New York     (212) 780-0592
111 Broadway, Lower Level                   Attention: Corporate Trust Services
New York, New York 10006                    Confirm by telephone:(800) 548-6565
Attention:  Corporate Trust Services

<PAGE>
                                       25


Fees and Expenses

     The  expenses  of  soliciting  tenders  will be borne by the  Company.  The
principal solicitation is being made by mail; however,  additional  solicitation
may be made by  telegraph,  telephone,  facsimile,  or in person by officers and
regular employees of the Company and its affiliates.

     The Company has not  retained any  dealer-manager  in  connection  with the
Exchange  Offer and will not make any  payments  to  brokers,  dealers or others
soliciting acceptances of the Exchange Offer. The Company, however, will pay the
Exchange Agent reasonable and customary fees for its services and will reimburse
it for its  reasonable  out-of-pocket  expenses  in  connection  therewith.  The
Company  may also pay  brokerage  houses  and  other  custodians,  nominees  and
fiduciaries the reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by them in forwarding
copies of the Prospectus and related  documents to the beneficial  owners of the
Old Notes and in handling or forwarding tenders for exchange.

     The cash expenses to be incurred in connection with the Exchange Offer will
be paid by the Company and are  estimated in the  aggregate to be  approximately
$75,000.  Such  expenses  include fees and  expenses of the  Exchange  Agent and
Trustee, accounting and legal fees and printing costs, among others.

     The Company will pay all transfer taxes, if any, applicable to the exchange
of Old Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer. If, however, New Notes or Old Notes
for principal  amounts not tendered or accepted for exchange are to be delivered
to, or are to be issued in the name of, any person  other than the Holder of the
Old Notes  tendered,  or if tendered Old Notes are registered in the name of any
person other than the person signing the Letter of Transmittal, or if a transfer
tax is imposed for any reason other than the  exchange of Old Notes  pursuant to
the Exchange Offer,  then the amount of any such transfer taxes (whether imposed
on the Holder or any other persons) will be payable by the tendering  Holder. If
satisfactory  evidence of payment of such taxes or  exemption  therefrom  is not
submitted with the Letter of Transmittal, the amount of such transfer taxes will
be billed directly to such tendering Holder.

Consequences of Failure to Exchange

     Holders  of Old  Notes  who do not  exchange  their Old Notes for New Notes
pursuant to the Exchange  Offer will continue to be subject to the  restrictions
on  transfer  of such Old Notes as set forth in the  legend  thereon  and in the
Indenture  as a  consequence  of the  issuance  of the  Old  Notes  pursuant  to
exemptions   from,  or  in  transactions   not  subject  to,  the   registration
requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  and  applicable  state  securities  law.
Accordingly,  such  Old  Notes  may be  resold  only  (i) to the  Company  (upon
redemption  thereof or  otherwise),  (ii) pursuant to an effective  registration
statement  under the Securities Act, (iii) so long as the Old Notes are eligible
for resale pursuant to Rule 144A, to a qualified  institutional buyer within the
meaning of Rule 144A  under the  Securities  Act in a  transaction  meeting  the
requirements of Rule 144A, or (iv) pursuant to another available  exemption from
the registration  requirements of the Securities Act, in each case in accordance
with any  applicable  securities  laws of any state of the  United  States.  The
Company does not currently anticipate that it will register under the Securities
Act the resale of any Old Notes that remain  outstanding  after  consummation of
the Exchange Offer. However, generally, (i) if any Initial Purchaser so requests
with respect to Old Notes not eligible to be exchanged for Exchange Notes in the
Exchange  Offer and held by it following  consummation  of the Exchange Offer or
(ii) if any holder of Old Notes is not eligible to  participate  in the Exchange
Offer  or,  in the case of any  holder of Old  Notes  that  participates  in the
Exchange Offer, does not receive freely tradeable Exchange Notes in exchange for
Old Notes,  the Company is  obligated  to file a  registration  statement on the
appropriate form under the Securities Act relating to the Old Notes held by such
persons.

Accounting Treatment

     The New Notes will be recorded at the same carrying  value as the Old Notes
as reflected in the  Company's  accounting  records on the date of the exchange.
Accordingly,  no gain or loss for accounting  purposes will be recognized by the
Company.  The expenses of the Exchange  Offer will be amortized over the term of
the New Notes.

<PAGE>
                                       26


                                 USE OF PROCEEDS

The  Company  will not receive any cash  proceeds  from the  issuance of the New
Notes offered hereby. In consideration for issuing the New Notes as contemplated
in this  Prospectus,  the Company  will  receive in  exchange  Old Notes in like
principal  amount,  the forms and terms of which are identical,  in all material
respects,  to the New Notes. The Old Notes surrendered in exchange for New Notes
will be retired and canceled and cannot be  reissued.  Accordingly,  issuance of
the New  Notes  will not  result  in any  increase  in the  indebtedness  of the
Company.  Proceeds from the sale of the privately  placed Old Notes were used to
finance a portion of the aggregate consideration for the O&K Acquisition and for
general corporate purposes.

                                 CAPITALIZATION

     The  following  table sets  forth the  consolidated  capitalization  of the
Company as of March 31, 1998. The table should be read in  conjunction  with the
historical  consolidated  financial statements and related notes incorporated by
reference in this Prospectus.

                                                          As of March 31, 1998
                                                          (dollars in millions)

  Cash and cash equivalents................................   $   58.5
                                                              =========
  Notes payable and current portion of long-term
    debt...................................................   $   19.3
  Long-term debt, less current portion (1).................      554.2
  Minority interest, including redeemable
    preferred stock of a subsidiary........................        0.6
  Stockholders' Equity
    Warrants to purchase common stock......................        0.8
    Equity rights..........................................        3.2
    Common stock, $0.01 par value-- authorized 
       30 million shares; 20,644,649 shares
       issued and outstanding..............................        0.2
    Additional paid-in capital.............................      179.0
    Accumulated deficit....................................     (139.3)
    Pension liability adjustment...........................       (1.8)
    Cumulative translation adjustment......................      (14.1)
                                                              --------
       Total Stockholders' Equity..........................       28.0
                                                              ---------
            Total Capitalization...........................   $  602.1 
                                                              =========

(1) Includes $150.0 million principal amount of Old Notes.  See
    "Description of the Notes".

<PAGE>
                                       27


                      SELECTED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
                 (Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)

The selected  historical  consolidated  financial  data of the Company set forth
below as of and for the five years ended  December  31,  1997 have been  derived
from the audited historical consolidated financial statements of the Company and
the related  notes thereto  incorporated  by reference in this  Prospectus.  The
selected  historical  consolidated  financial data as of and for the three month
period  ended  March  31,  1997 and 1998 have been  derived  from the  unaudited
interim  financial  statements  of the  Company and the  related  notes  thereto
incorporated  by reference  in this  Prospectus.  Operating  results for interim
periods are not  necessarily  indicative  of results for the entire fiscal year.
The following data should be read in conjunction  with the historical  financial
statements  of the  Company  and  the  related  notes  thereto  incorporated  by
reference in this Prospectus.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Year Ended December 31,                         March 31,
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------
                                     1993       1994       1995       1996         1997           1997         1998
                                   ---------  ---------  ---------  ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------

Income Statement Data:
<S>                                <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>          <C>           <C>          <C>     
Net sales..........................$ 274.7    $ 314.1    $  501.4   $  678.5     $  842.3      $  176.3     $  260.6
Cost of goods sold.................  242.2      266.0       431.0      609.3 (3)    702.7         148.8        215.8
                                   --------   --------   --------   ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------
Gross profit.......................   32.5       48.1        70.4       69.2 (3)    139.6          27.5         44.8
Engineering, selling and
  administrative expenses..........   40.7       37.7        57.6       64.1 (4)     68.5          14.1         21.0
                                   --------   --------   --------   ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------
Income (loss) from operations......   (8.2)      10.4        12.8        5.1 (5)     71.1          13.4         23.8
Interest income....................    0.9        0.5         0.7        1.2          0.9           0.6          0.1
Interest expense...................  (30.0)     (28.3)      (38.7)     (44.8)(6)    (39.4)         (9.5)        (8.8)
Amortization of debt issuance   
  costs............................   (3.4)      (2.3)       (2.3)      (2.6)        (2.6)         (0.7)        (0.5)
Gain on sale of stock of
  former subsidiary................    3.0       26.0         1.0        ---          ---              
Other income (expense), net........   (3.0)      (1.4)       (5.6)      (1.1)         1.0           0.3         ---
                                   --------   --------   ---------  ----------   ---------     ----------   ---------- 
Income (loss) from continuing
  operations before income taxes
  and extraordinary items..........  (40.7)       4.9       (32.1)     (42.2)        31.0           4.1         14.6
Provision for income taxes.........   ---        ---         ---       (12.1)(7)     (0.7)         (0.2)        (0.2)
                                   --------   --------   ---------  ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------
Income (loss) from continuing
  operations before
  extraordinary items..............  (40.7)       4.9       (32.1)     (54.3)        30.3           3.9         14.4

Income (loss) from                   
  discontinued operations..........  (24.3)      (3.7)        4.4      102.0 (8)     ---          ---           ---
                                   --------   --------   ---------  ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------
Income (loss) before
  extraordinary items..............  (65.0)       1.2       (27.7)      47.7         30.3           3.9         14.4
Extraordinary loss on                 
  retirement of debt...............   (1.5)      (0.7)       (7.5)      ---         (14.8)        ---          (38.3)
                                   --------   --------   ---------  ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------
Net income (loss).................   (66.5)       0.5       (35.2)     47.7          15.5           3.9        (23.9)
Less preferred stock accretion.....   (0.2)      (6.0)       (7.3)    (22.9)(9)     (4.8)(10)      (0.4)        ---
                                   --------   --------   ---------  ---------    ---------     ----------   ----------
                                                                                     
Income (loss) applicable to
  common stock.....................$ (66.7)   $  (5.5)   $  (42.5)  $  24.8      $   10.7     $     3.5     $   23.9
                                   ========   ========   =========  =========    =========    ==========    ==========

Per Common and Common
 Equivalent Share(1):
   Basic
    Income (loss) from continuing
      operations..................$  (4.11)   $  (0.10)  $   (3.79)  $ (6.54)    $    1.57     $    0.26    $    0.70
    Income (loss) from 
      discontinued operations.....   (2.44)      (0.36)       0.42       8.64        ---           ---          ---
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  -----------   ---------    ----------
    Income (loss) before           
      extraordinary items.........   (6.55)      (0.46)      (3.37)      2.10         1.57          0.26         0.70
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  -----------   ---------    ----------
    Extraordinary loss on
      retirement of debt..........   (0.15)      (0.07)      (0.72)      ---         (0.91)        ---          (1.86)
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  -----------   ---------    ----------
    Net income (loss).............$  (6.70)   $  (0.53)   $  (4.09)   $  2.10    $    0.66     $    0.26    $   (1.16)
                                  =========   =========   =========   =========  ===========   =========    ==========
  Diluted
    Income (loss) from            
      continuing operations.......$  (4.11)   $  (0.10)   $  (3.79)   $ (5.81)   $    1.44     $    0.24    $    0.65

    Income (loss) from
      discontinued operations.....   (2.44)      (0.36)       0.42       7.67        ---           ---          ---
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  -----------   ----------   ----------

    Income (loss) before
      extraordinary items.........   (6.55)      (0.46)      (3.37)      1.86         1.44          0.24         0.65
    Extraordinary loss on                                                  
      retirement of debt..........   (0.15)      (0.07)      (0.72)     ---          (0.84)        ---          (1.73)
                                  ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------  -----------   ----------   ----------
                                                                                      
    Net income (loss).............$  (6.70)   $  (0.53)   $  (4.09)   $  1.86    $    0.60     $    0.24    $   (1.08)
                                  =========   ========    =========   =========  ===========   ==========   ==========
Average Number of Common and
  Common Equivalent Shares Outstanding
  in Per Share Calculation
  (in millions)...................   
    Basic.........................   10.0        10.3        10.4       11.8         16.2          13.3         20.6
    Diluted.......................   10.0        10.3        10.4       13.3         17.7          14.4         22.2
                                  =========   ========    =========   =========  ===========   ===========  ==========
Other Data (unaudited):
  Gross margin....................   11.8%       15.3%       14.0%      10.2%(3)     16.6%         15.6%        17.2%
  EBITDA..........................$   0.8     $  14.2     $  23.4     $ 46.2     $   82.8      $   15.7     $   27.2
  Ratio of EBITDA to interest          
    expense, net..................    0.0x        0.5x        0.6x       1.1x         2.2x          1.8x         3.1x
  Ratio of earnings to fixed
    charges (2)...................   ---          1.1x       ---        ---           1.6x          1.4x         2.5x
  Backlog at period end...........$  80.9     $  79.5     $ 174.1     $ 120.6    $  216.8      $  170.1     $  272.5
Balance Sheet Data (at end of
 period):
  Working capital.................$  69.5     $  56.5     $ 115.7     $ 195.2    $  190.4      $  148.9     $  350.1
  Total assets....................  390.7       401.6       478.9       471.2       588.5         430.6        932.1
  Total debt......................  218.0       190.9       329.9       281.3       300.1         283.8        573.5
  Stockholders' equity (deficit)..  (62.3)      (55.7)      (96.9)      (71.7)       59.6         (73.5)        28.0
</TABLE>
                                                (footnotes on following page)

<PAGE>
                                       28


(1)  Effective with the fourth quarter of 1997,  Terex  implemented SFAS No. 128
     which  establishes new standards for computing and presenting  earnings per
     share and requires the  disclosure of basic and  diluted amounts.  Earnings
     per share amounts for all prior periods have been restated.

(2)  In calculating the ratio of earnings to fixed charges,  earnings consist of
     income  (loss)  from   continuing   operations   before  income  taxes  and
     extraordinary  items plus fixed charges.  Fixed charges consist of interest
     expense,  preferred stock  accretion,  amortization of debt issuance costs,
     and rental expense  representative  of the interest  factor.  Earnings were
     insufficient  to cover fixed  charges by $40.0  million,  $32.1 million and
     $42.2  million  during the years ended  December 31,  1993,  1995 and 1996,
     respectively.

(3)  Cost  of  goods  sold  includes  $27.1  million  in  nonrecurring  charges.
     Excluding  these  charges,  gross profit  would have been $96.3  million or
     14.2% of net sales.

(4)  Engineering,  selling and administrative  expenses includes $2.8 million in
     nonrecurring  charges.  Excluding these charges,  engineering,  selling and
     administrative expenses would have been $61.3 million.

(5)  Includes  the effect of the  nonrecurring  charges set forth in (2) and (3)
     above.  Excluding  these  charges, income from operations  would  have been
     $35.1 million.

(6)  On November 27, 1996, the Company  consummated the Clark Sale. As a result,
     the  Clark Material  Handling  Segment  was accounted for as a discontinued
     operation  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1996.  Generally  accepted
     accounting  principles  permit,  but  do not  require,  the  allocation  of
     interest expense between continuing operations and discontinued operations.
     The Company has elected not to allocate  interest  expense to  discontinued
     operations  because  such  allocation,   although  permitted  by  generally
     accepted accounting principles,  would not necessarily be indicative of the
     use of proceeds  from the Clark Sale and the effect on interest  expense of
     continuing  operations.  As  a  result,  loss  from  continuing  operations
     includes  substantially  all of the interest  expense of the  Company,  and
     income from discontinued  operations does not include any material interest
     expense.

(7)  This charge primarily reflects the utilization of acquired net operating 
     losses by P.P.M. S.A.

(8)  Represents  income from  operations of $17.5 million of the Clark Material
     Handling Segment and the gain of $84.5 million on the Clark Sale.

(9)  Includes annual  accretion of the Series A Preferred Stock of $7.7 million,
     which  shares were  irrevocably  called for  redemption  in December  1996,
     annual  accretion of the Series B Preferred  Stock of $0.1  million,  which
     shares were  converted in December  1997 into 87,300 shares of common stock
     of the Company,  annual accretion of the Subsidiary Preferred Stock of $0.6
     million, which shares were exchanged in December 1997 for 705,969 shares of
     common stock of the Company,  and a $14.5 million  nonrecurring charge as a
     result of the redemption of the Series A Preferred Stock.

(10) Includes a $3.2 milion nonrecurring charge as a result of the redemption of
     the Subsidiary Preferred Stock.

<PAGE>
                                       29


              INDUSTRY OVERVIEW AND OUTLOOK FOR PRINCIPAL PRODUCTS

Telescopic Mobile Cranes

    Mobile cranes with telescoping booms were developed in the 1950s as advanced
hydraulics  became  available.  Telescopic mobile cranes are generally used only
for a limited period during the later stages of a construction  project. As each
project may require differing boom lengths and lifting  capacities,  contractors
tend to rent specific  machines as needed rather than own a fleet of machines of
varying capabilities. As a result, according to industry sources,  approximately
85% of all new telescopic mobile crane sales in North America are made to rental
fleets.  Because of the market's rental orientation and the fact that cranes are
used in the later stages of construction projects, the demand for new telescopic
mobile cranes typically lags behind the demand for other construction  equipment
by between 12 and 24 months during a cyclical economic recovery. Initially in an
economic  recovery,  rising  end-user demand is first reflected in rising rental
fleet  utilization  rates  rather  than in new crane  orders.  As  rental  fleet
utilization  reaches  a  practical  maximum  level,  generally  new  orders  for
telescopic  mobile  cranes  increase.  New  telescopic  mobile crane orders also
result  from fleet  replacement  demand,  which is  affected by the aging of the
telescopic mobile crane  population.  From 1974 through 1981, the North American
telescopic  mobile crane market  consumed an average of over 3,500  machines per
year. During the recession which began in 1982, North American telescopic mobile
crane consumption  declined to a low of 600 machines and many competitors exited
the  industry.  During the period from 1990  through  1996,  the North  American
telescopic  mobile  crane  market  consumed  an average of  approximately  1,300
machines  per  year,  with a high of over  2,200  machines  in 1990 and a low of
approximately 1,000 machines in 1992 and 1993.

    The  Company  believes  that the  North  American  telescopic  mobile  crane
industry is entering a period of growth due to a strong and sustained  period of
construction activity in North America, high rental fleet utilizations,  and the
fact that the unusually large number of telescopic mobile cranes that were built
in the late 1970s are  beginning  to reach the end of their  useful lives (which
the  Company  estimates  to be  approximately  20  years).  These  factors  have
contributed to a 24% increase in telescopic  mobile crane  shipments in 1996, as
compared with 1995,  and an estimated  15% increase in  telescopic  mobile crane
shipments in 1997, as compared with 1996.  The Company  believes that it is well
positioned  to  capitalize  on  the  continued  growth  of  the  North  American
telescopic  mobile  crane  market.  The  increasing  importance  of rental fleet
operators  and their desire to maximize  returns on product  investment  has led
Terex Lifting to focus on a best value strategy, which seeks to improve customer
productivity  by providing high quality  products which are low cost,  simple to
use and easy to  maintain.  By  pursuing a strategy  oriented  toward  improving
customers'  productivity and investment returns, Terex Lifting has increased its
market  share,  and  management  believes  that such a strategy will lead to its
fuller participation in the continued growth of the North American market.

    The European telescopic mobile crane market, which is approximately the same
size as the  North  American  market  (ranging  between  1,000  and  2,000  unit
shipments per year), has not had an increase in demand to the extent experienced
in North  America.  Excluding  Germany,  construction  activity  has remained at
recessionary  levels for the last four years, which the Company believes was due
initially  to a cyclical  downturn  and more  recently to fiscal  tightening  as
European countries attempt to meet the budget deficit targets established by the
Maastricht Treaty.  The Company's  principal markets in Europe are in France and
Italy,  where the Company believes it has the largest market shares.  The French
and Italian  markets are less dominated by rental fleets than the North American
market;  the Company believes that  approximately  55% of new telescopic  mobile
crane sales in France and Italy are to rental fleet  operators  with the balance
to  end  users.  An  increase  in  construction  activity  in  those  countries,
therefore,  would tend to have a more immediate impact on new telescopic  mobile
crane sales than would a similar increase in North America. The Company believes
that it is well positioned to participate in any cyclical  increase in demand in
France and Italy due to its local  manufacturing,  strong local distribution and
low cost relative to its major European competitors.

    Outside  North  America  and  Europe,  the most  active new  markets for the
Company's telescopic mobile cranes are the Middle East and South America.  Terex
Lifting maintains  distributors in these markets to which it sells approximately
10% of its newly manufactured telescopic mobile cranes.

<PAGE>
                                       30


    The Company also manufactures truck mounted cranes (boom trucks),  which are
telescopic  cranes mounted on production truck chassis.  Over the past 20 years,
boom trucks have  replaced  truck  mobile  cranes in the market for under 30 ton
lifting devices.  Conditions in the North American market for boom trucks remain
positive due to overall construction activity in North America.

Aerial Work Platforms

    The aerial work platform  industry in North  America has developed  over the
past 20 years as an efficient  alternative to scaffolding  and ladders,  and has
been supported by  regulations  mandating  minimum  safety  standards for people
working  at  heights.  Aerial  work  platforms  are used for  indoor or  outdoor
applications in a variety of  construction,  industrial and commercial  settings
which require workers to be lifted to heights to perform their jobs. The Company
believes  that  approximately  90% of all aerial  work  platform  sales in North
America are to rental fleets. The aerial work platform market has developed into
a rental market because (i) contractors  require workers to be elevated only for
limited times during a given job, and different jobs require different  platform
heights making ownership of a single  specification  unit impractical,  and (ii)
industrial customers are increasingly  outsourcing their equipment  requirements
to rental providers. Recently, the equipment rental industry has been undergoing
a process of consolidation.  As a result, the larger aerial work platform rental
fleet operators are increasingly demanding products that are low cost, simple to
use and  easy to  maintain.  To meet  the  objectives  of the  equipment  rental
industry,  the Company has  designed its aerial work  platforms  to  incorporate
these characteristics.

Utility Aerial Devices

    The Company also  manufactures  utility aerial devices which are used to set
telephone  poles and move  transformers  and other material to work areas at the
top of poles (digger derricks),  and to elevate workers to work areas at the top
of poles or in trees.  Customers  include  electric  utilities,  local telephone
companies,  private utility repair  contractors  and tree trimmers.  The Company
believes that  utilities are  increasingly  outsourcing  maintenance  to private
contractors  in an effort to reduce  costs,  and that it is well  positioned  to
capitalize on this trend due to its strategy to manufacture  simplified products
at lower cost, its existing dealer  relationships  and its direct  relationships
with major private contractors.

Telescopic Container Stackers

    Telescopic   container  stackers  were  developed  in  the  early  1980s  to
manipulate  shipping  containers  efficiently  in port storage  areas and inland
terminals.  Telescopic container stackers are particularly  effective in storage
areas  where  containers  are  continually  added  and  removed,  and  where the
efficient  manipulation of, and access to, specific containers is required.  The
Company  believes  that  because  of  the  efficiency  of  telescopic  container
stackers, demand has steadily grown, primarily outside the United States in port
areas where storage capacity is constrained. Demand has been particularly strong
in South America and Europe.  The Company believes that the United States market
offers growth potential as the benefits of this product are better recognized.

Off-Highway Trucks

    Off-highway trucks, which include articulated trucks and rigid frame trucks,
are generally sold to  construction  companies,  fleet  contractors  who provide
trucks to large construction companies,  and to dealer rental fleets.  According
to industry  sources,  North America and Europe  account for greater than 60% of
the global  market.  These markets are  dependent on large private  construction
project activity and public infrastructure development,  both of which have been
soft in Europe in recent  years and strong in the  United  States.  The  Company
believes  that it is well  positioned to capitalize on any demand that may arise
from such activity or development. Terex believes that fleet operators and large
construction  companies  generally prefer products that are low cost,  simple to
use and easy to maintain, and that its products have these characteristics.  The
Company also believes that it is well  positioned to capitalize on future growth
in Europe  through the O&K  Acquisition  and in China through an existing  joint
venture relationship.

<PAGE>
                                       31

High Capacity Surface Mining Trucks

    High capacity  surface  mining trucks are designed to haul coal or ore. They
range in capacities  from 120 to 300 tons,  and are used in larger surface mines
around the world. The trucks are typically operated around the clock, seven days
a week, often running several weeks between maintenance stops.  Accordingly,  of
critical  concern  to mine  operators  is (i)  reliability  -- that the truck is
operating  in  excess  of 90% of the  time and (ii)  hauling  efficiency  -- the
operating  cost  per ton  hauled,  including  fuel  consumption,  tire  wear and
maintenance.  There are two types of trucks  offered:  electric  and  mechanical
drive.  The Company offers electric drive trucks in which a diesel engine drives
an  alternator  which  powers two wheel  motors,  one in each rear wheel.  Terex
believes that electric drive vehicles are more efficient than  mechanical  drive
trucks. As a result of the efficiency and reliability of its trucks, the Company
has been able to increase  its market  share  slightly in recent  years  despite
difficult competitive  conditions in the industry.  The Company believes that it
is the third largest  manufacturer  with a global market share of  approximately
13%.  The  worldwide  market is  approximately  270 units per year,  with  sales
generally direct to large surface mines. To respond to the continuing  demand of
large mines to improve  financial returns through lower costs and higher hauling
capacities,  the Company is taking several strategic actions including  reducing
the cost of its  trucks  through  component  outsourcing  and  modular  assembly
process  implementation,  as well as development of a 320 ton capacity truck (as
compared to 260 tons, its current largest truck) with a new generation  electric
drive system. The Company believes that the current demand levels will continue,
with earnings  opportunities from the development of more cost efficient designs
and manufacturing processes.

Large Hydraulic Mining Shovels

    The large  hydraulic  mining  shovels are used  primarily  in surface  mines
worldwide  and in large  scale  infrastructure  projects  with needs for massive
earth moving,  such as dams and highways.  Growth in demand for coal, copper and
iron ore is a function of  population  growth and  improvement  in  standards of
living  worldwide.  In particular,  growth in energy  consumption  (particularly
coal) and metal  consumption  (particularly  ore) caused by metal  intensity  in
industries like automotive, telecommunications and appliances leads to growth in
demand for coal, copper and iron ore. Most of this growth will come from regions
with large mineral resources,  including  Australia,  South Africa, West Africa,
India,  Indonesia,  Brazil,  China  and  Kazakhstan.  Excavator  sales  are also
sensitive to the level of large scale private  construction project activity and
public  infrastructure  development,  both of which  have been soft in Europe in
recent years and strong in the United  States.  While the market for new surface
mining equipment is somewhat  cyclical,  the after-market for parts and services
is more stable  because  hydraulic  excavators  are typically kept in continuous
operation  for  10 to 15  years  and  require  regular  maintenance  and  repair
throughout their productive lives.

    Historically,  the leading  technologies  used in open cast mining have been
bucket  wheel  excavators  and  electric  rope  shovels,  both of which  require
substantially  greater  capital  outlays  and often are  relatively  inflexible.
Hydraulic  mining shovels exhibit high  maneuverability  and higher output rates
relative to comparable sized electric rope shovel or bucket wheel excavators. An
increasing  trend toward smaller,  shorter lived mines and more selective mining
practices  has  resulted in  increasing  substitution  of the  hydraulic  mining
shovels for the two older  technologies.  The Company believes that O&K Mining's
leading  technological  position in these products leaves it well placed to take
advantage of this trend.

                                BUSINESS STRATEGY

    Ronald M. DeFeo joined the Company in May 1992, was appointed  President and
Chief Operating  Officer in October 1993, was named Chief  Executive  Officer in
March 1995 and was appointed  Chairman of the Board in March 1998. Since joining
the Company, Mr. DeFeo has recruited several new senior executives to Terex, and
under the direction of this new management  team, Terex has implemented a series
of  interrelated   strategic   initiatives  designed  to  improve  manufacturing
efficiency  and offer its  products  at a lower cost than  competitors,  thereby
increasing  sales,  earnings and market share.  The Company has also initiated a
strategy to improve  significantly  its financial  flexibility,  strengthen  its
capital structure and enhance its liquidity to execute its growth initiatives.

<PAGE>
                                       32


Increase Sales Through Best Value Strategy

    The  Company  has  focused  its  product  lines  on  products  which  it can
manufacture  at  low  cost  relative  to  its   competitors.   The  Company  has
rationalized  its product lines and  simplified its product  designs,  including
increasing the number of interchangeable parts between models. This strategy has
enabled the Company to offer many of its products at prices that it believes are
often 10% to 15% below those offered by its competitors  with virtually the same
utility and  marketability as the competition's  products,  thereby offering its
customers a more attractive return on their invested capital. The key targets of
this strategy are rental companies, Terex Lifting's primary customers, which are
generally  unable  to  charge  a  premium  rental  rate for  equipment  that has
sophisticated,  but nonessential features. The Company believes that by offering
its  customers a simplified  product  design at a lower  price,  it can increase
sales and gain market share.

Focus on Core Operations

     Over the past  several  years the  Company  has  focused on the growing and
improving  operations  of its core lifting and  earthmoving  businesses  and has
expanded the size and scope of those  operations  through both  acquisitions and
new  product  development  in order to  increase  the  Company's  market  share.
Management believes that these initiatives have helped insulate the Company from
potential  cyclical changes in any one market.  In addition,  these  initiatives
have expanded the Company's product lines, added new technology and improved the
Company's distribution network.

Growth through Acquisitions

     During the past  several  years,  the  Company has  invested  approximately
$394.3  million to strengthen  its core  businesses  through the seven strategic
acquisitions listed below:

                                                                    Acquired
                                    Operating                       or Licensed
Year  Acquisition   Purchase Price  Location         Products       Brand Names
1995  PPM           $104.5 million  South Carolina,  Telescopic      P&H, PPM,
                                    France, Italy    Mobile Cranes   BENDINI

1997  Simon Access  $90 million     Kansas,          Aerial Work     SIMON,
      Companies                     South Dakota,    Platforms,      TELELECT,
                                    Wisconsin,       Utility Aerial  RO, CELLA
                                    Ireland, Italy   Devices, Boom
                                                     Trucks

1997  Square Shooter  (terms not    Michigan         Telescopic      SQUARE
      Business        disclosed)                     Rough Terrain    SHOOTER
                                                     Lift Trucks

1998  Payhauler       (terms not    Illinois         Heavy Duty      PAYHAULER
      Business        disclosed)                     Rigid Hauling
                                                     Trucks

1998  O&K Mining    $168.5 million  Germany          Large           O&K
                                                     Hydraulic
                                                     Mining Shovels

1998  Holland Lift  $4.35 million   Netherlands      Scissor Lifts   HOLLAND
                                                                       LIFT
1998  American Crane $10.8 million  North Carolina   Lattice Boom    AMERICAN
                                                       Cranes          CRANE

    The Company  expects  that  acquisitions  and new product  development  will
continue to be important  components of its growth  strategy and is  continually
reviewing acquisition  opportunities.  As with its previous acquisitions,  Terex
will continue to pursue  strategic  acquisitions  which complement the Company's

<PAGE>
                                       33


core operations,  offer cost reduction opportunities as well as distribution and
purchasing synergies and provide product diversification.

Reduce Costs and Improve Manufacturing Efficiency

    Over the past few years,  the  Company  has  initiated  several  programs to
increase  profitability  through  cost  reductions  and  improved  manufacturing
efficiency. As part of this strategy, the Company evaluates every cost component
of  its  existing  and  acquired   businesses  and  typically  (i)  consolidates
manufacturing  operations,   (ii)  increases  the  efficiency  of  manufacturing
processes through improved material flow and outsourcing, (iii) reduces overhead
and (iv) emphasizes those products that yield the highest margins, including the
replacement parts and related business. Management believes it has established a
philosophy of continuous  cost reduction in all of its  operations.  Some recent
examples of cost reduction initiatives are listed below.

                  o As a result of numerous cost  reduction  initiatives at PPM,
                    the  Company  has  reduced  total   headcount  at  PPM  from
                    approximately  840  in  May  1995  to  approximately  590 at
                    December  31,  1997 and  reduced  the  number  of  employees
                    categorized as indirect at PPM from approximately 430 in May
                    1995 to approximately  226 at December 31, 1997. During that
                    same  period,  sales  at  PPM  increased.  In  addition,  by
                    outsourcing  certain  welding  operations  at PPM's  Conway,
                    South  Carolina   telescopic   mobile  crane   manufacturing
                    facility,  the  Company  believes  it has  achieved  over $2
                    million of annualized savings.

                  o Cost  reductions  at certain of the Simon  Access  Companies
                    acquired in April 1997  resulted in a reduction of headcount
                    by   approximately   130  during  the  90  days  immediately
                    following  the  acquisition  of the Simon Access  Companies,
                    primarily in indirect personnel. The Company estimates those
                    initiatives    reduced   annual   operating    expenses   by
                    approximately $7 million and the Company anticipates further
                    cost  savings  as  the  Simon  Access   Companies  are  more
                    completely integrated into the Terex family.

    Consistent with its business  strategy,  promptly after the  consummation of
the O&K Acquisition, the Company commenced implementation of several programs to
reduce  costs  and  improve  the  manufacturing  efficiency  of O&K  Mining,  as
described under "The O&K  Acquisition,"  with anticipated pro forma cost savings
of approximately $7.5 million following the O&K Acquisition.

                               THE O&K ACQUISITION

    On March 31, 1998, the Company,  through  direct and indirect  subsidiaries,
acquired  all of the  outstanding  shares of O&K Mining  from O & K  Orenstein &
Koppel AG. The net  aggregate  consideration  for the O&K  Mining  business  was
approximately $168.5 million, subject to certain post-closing  adjustments.  The
Company  financed  the  aggregate  consideration  through a  portion  of the net
proceeds of the issuance and sale of the Old Notes and borrowings  under the New
Bank Credit Facility.

    O&K Mining markets a complete range of large  hydraulic  mining shovels with
the  5 to 18  ton  bucket  capacity  models  serving  the  global  construction,
infrastructure  development  and  quarrying  markets and the 24 to 80 ton bucket
capacity models serving the global surface mining industry. The Company believes
that O&K Mining  has the  leading  market  share for large  hydraulic  excavator
models  having  machine  weights in excess of 200 tons.  O&K Mining's  excavator
shovel models  incorporate a patented tripower  hydraulic shovel system allowing
the machines to generate  competitive  cycle times and higher bucket  capacities
and fill rates per cycle and to offer significantly greater  maneuverability and
reliability as compared to competing technologies. O&K Mining estimates that the
resulting increase in machine operating time and higher output per cycle permits
its hydraulic mining shovels to offer 10% to 30% greater annual  productivity at
lower capital  equipment  and  infrastructure  investment  levels as compared to
competing  electric  rope  shovels and bucket wheel  excavators.  The use of O&K
Mining's excavator shovels in around the clock intensive, harsh condition mining
operations  requires  significant higher margin  after-market parts and service,
which in the case of the larger hydraulic excavators can generate revenues of up
to 200% of the original sale price over the expected life of the machines. O&K's
after-market  parts and service business  accounted for approximately 47% of O&K

<PAGE>
                                       34


Mining's  sales during the nine month period ended  September 30, 1997. In 1997,
O&K Mining  introduced the RH 400, the world's largest  hydraulic mining shovels
with an 800 ton machine weight and 80 ton bucket capacity. This expansion of O&K
Mining's  product line will enable it to compete with the most popular  electric
rope shovel size class and represents a significant  growth  opportunity for O&K
Mining.

    The Company plans to initiate  several programs to increase sales and reduce
costs  in  connection  with  the  integration  of  O&K  Mining  into  the  Terex
Earthmoving  segment.  Since  1993,  O&K Mining has  successfully  marketed  the
Company's  off-highway  trucks under  private  label,  primarily in Europe.  The
Company  believes  that  additional  opportunities  exist to offer  packages  of
off-highway  trucks  with  complementary  small  hydraulic   excavators  to  the
construction   industry   outside  Europe  and  of  high  capacity  trucks  with
complementary large hydraulic  excavators to the global surface mining industry.
The new machine product  combinations and the related integrated parts and field
service  business  will  allow the  Company  to  expand on its and O&K  Mining's
established customer relationships and position itself as an integrated provider
of surface mining and construction  products. The integration of O&K Mining into
the  Company  also  presents  substantial  cost saving  opportunities  including
headcount  reduction and  facilities  consolidation,  and  increased  purchasing
leverage.  In addition,  sourcing of  components  from lower cost  providers and
negotiation  of more  favorable  contractual  service and supply terms with, and
reduced cost  allocations  from,  Orenstein & Koppel  represent  additional cost
reduction possibilities.

    Promptly following the O&K Acquisition,  the Company commenced initiation of
several programs to reduce costs and improve the manufacturing efficiency of O&K
Mining,  including those listed below. The Company estimates that  approximately
$7.5  million of pro forma cost  savings  will be realized  from cost  reduction
efforts following the O&K Acquisition.

    Consolidation  of  Field  Operations.  Given  the  service  requirements  of
installed  equipment,  O&K  Mining,  like the  Company,  maintains  large  field
organizations  including  personnel,  inventory  and  facilities  in key markets
around the world. The largest sales and service  operations of O&K Mining are in
the United Kingdom,  Australia and the United States,  directly overlapping with
the Company's largest sales and service  operations which are also in the United
Kingdom  (Terex (UK)  Limited),  Australia  (Unit Rig  Australia) and the United
States (Unit Rig). This overlap  provides  consolidation  opportunities  for the
Company.

    Component  Purchase and Parts Logistics  Agreements.  In connection with the
O&K Acquisition,  O&K Mining entered into component purchase agreements with O &
K Orenstein & Koppel AG at lower pricing than previously paid by O&K Mining to O
& K  Orenstein  & Koppel  AG.  In  addition,  O&K  Mining  entered  into a parts
logistics agreement with an affiliate of Fried, Krupp AG Hoesch-Krupp ("Krupp"),
the  controlling  shareholder of O & K Orenstein & Koppel AG,  pursuant to which
Krupp provide warehousing,  picking,  packing and shipping services at a reduced
cost to O&K Mining's German parts distribution operation.

    Elimination  of Current  Arrangements  with O & K Orenstein & Koppel AG. The
Company has eliminated the existing cost allocations from, and joint advertising
and  engineering  arrangements  with,  O & K  Orenstein  & Koppel AG,  which the
Company expects will result in significant net annual savings.

    Outsourcing and Resourcing Non-Critical Manufacturing.  The Company plans to
reduce product costs through  outsourcing  and resourcing  certain  non-critical
components and  manufacturing  operations,  including  steel cutting and certain
welding and machining operations, to suppliers primarily outside Germany.

    In addition to cost  reductions,  the Company plans to emphasize parts sales
growth. Due to the relatively young age of O&K Mining's installed equipment base
and its  increasing  new  equipment  sales,  the active field  population of O&K
Mining  excavator  shovels has grown over the past four years and is expected to
continue to grow.  The expanding and aging field  population  leads to growth in
replacement  parts sales,  which carry a substantially  higher gross margin than
new equipment sales. The Company believes that growing  replacement  parts sales
represent a significant opportunity for earnings growth at O&K Mining.

<PAGE>
                                       35


                                    BUSINESS

General

    Terex is a global  manufacturer of a broad range of construction  and mining
related capital equipment. The Company strives to manufacture machines which are
low cost, simple to use and easy to maintain.  The Company's  principal products
include telescopic mobile cranes, aerial work platforms, utility aerial devices,
telescopic  material  handlers,  truck mounted cranes (boom  trucks),  rigid and
articulated  off-highway  trucks,  high capacity  surface mining  trucks,  large
hydraulic  mining shovels,  and related  components and replacement  parts.  The
Company  operates in two business  segments:  Terex Lifting  (formerly  known as
Terex  Cranes)  and Terex  Earthmoving  (formerly  known as Terex  Trucks).  The
Company's products are manufactured at 17 plants in the United States and Europe
and are sold  primarily  through a  worldwide  network  of  dealers  in over 750
locations to the global construction, infrastructure and surface mining markets.
Management  believes  that the  Company is  benefitting  from  several  industry
trends,  including the growing importance of rental fleet operators with respect
to Terex Lifting and an increasing  level of global  infrastructure  development
with respect to Terex Earthmoving, particularly in North America and Europe.

Products

Telescopic Mobile Cranes

    Telescopic  mobile cranes are used primarily in new  industrial,  commercial
construction  and  public  works  construction  industries  and  in  maintenance
applications, to lift equipment or material to heights in excess of 50 feet. The
Company's Terex Lifting segment  manufactures  the following types of telescopic
mobile cranes:

                           Rough   Terrain   Cranes  --  are  designed  to  lift
                  materials  and  equipment  on rough or uneven  terrain and are
                  most often located on a single  construction or work site such
                  as a building  site,  a highway or a utility  project for long
                  periods  of time.  Rough  terrain  cranes  cannot be driven on
                  highways and  accordingly  must be transported by truck to the
                  work site. Rough terrain cranes  manufactured by Terex Lifting
                  have maximum  lifting  capacities of up to 90 tons and maximum
                  tip heights of up to 205 feet. Terex Lifting  manufactures its
                  rough  terrain  cranes at its  facilities  located at Waverly,
                  Iowa, Conway, South Carolina, Montceau-les-Mines,  France, and
                  Crespellano,  Italy under the brand names TEREX,  LORAIN, P&H,
                  PPM and BENDINI.

                           Truck Cranes -- have two cabs and can travel  rapidly
                  from job site to job site at highway  speeds.  In  contrast to
                  rough  terrain  cranes  which are often  located for  extended
                  periods at a single work site, truck cranes are often used for
                  multiple  local jobs,  primarily  in urban or suburban  areas.
                  Truck  cranes  manufactured  by  Terex  Lifting  have  maximum
                  lifting capacities of up to 75 tons and maximum tip heights of
                  up to 193 feet. Terex Lifting manufactures truck cranes at its
                  Waverly,  Iowa and Conway, South Carolina facilities under the
                  brand names P&H and LORAIN.

                           All Terrain  Cranes -- were  developed in Europe as a
                  cross  between rough terrain and truck cranes in that they are
                  designed to travel across both rough terrain and highways. All
                  terrain  cranes  have two cabs and are  versatile  and  highly
                  maneuverable. All terrain cranes manufactured by Terex Lifting
                  have  lifting  capacities  of up to 130 tons and  maximum  tip
                  heights of up to 223 feet. Terex Lifting  manufactures its all
                  terrain  cranes  at its  Montceau-les-Mines,  France  facility
                  under the brand names TEREX and PPM.

<PAGE>
                                       36


Truck Mounted Cranes (Boom Trucks)

    Terex Lifting manufactures telescopic boom cranes for mounting on commercial
truck chassis. Terex also distributes truck mounted articulated cranes under the
EFFER brand name which are  manufactured  by Effer SpA. Truck mounted cranes are
used  primarily in the  construction  industry to lift equipment or materials to
various  heights.  Boom trucks are  generally  lighter and have a lower  lifting
capacity than truck cranes,  and are used for many of the same applications when
lower lifting  capabilities  are required.  An advantage of a boom truck is that
the  equipment or material to be lifted by the crane can be  transported  by the
truck which can travel at highway speeds.  Applications include the installation
of air  conditioners  and other roof  equipment.  The  Company's  Terex  Lifting
segment  manufactures  the following  types of cranes for  installation on truck
chassis:

                           Telescopic  Boom  Truck  Mounted  Cranes -- enable an
                  operator to reach heights of up to 167 feet and have a maximum
                  lifting   capacity   of  up  to  37.5  tons.   Terex   Lifting
                  manufactures  its telescopic  boom truck mounted cranes at its
                  Olathe, Kansas facility under the brand name RO-STINGER.

                           Articulated  Boom  Truck  Mounted  Cranes  -- are for
                  users who prefer greater  capacities over the greater vertical
                  reach provided by a telescopic  boom truck mounted  crane.  At
                  its Olathe, Kansas facility,  Terex Lifting acts as the master
                  distributor for the EFFER brand line of articulated boom truck
                  mounted  cranes  which have  maximum  capacities  up to 87,305
                  pounds and horizontal reach to 66 feet.

Aerial Work Platforms

    Aerial work platforms are self propelled  devices which position workers and
materials  easily and  quickly to  elevated  work  areas.  These  products  have
developed over the past 20 years as alternatives to scaffolding and ladders. The
work platform is mounted on either a telescoping and/or  articulating boom or on
a vertical lifting scissor mechanism.

                           Scissor  Lifts -- are used in open areas in indoor or
                  outdoor applications in a variety of construction,  industrial
                  and commercial  settings.  Scissor lifts manufactured by Terex
                  Lifting  have  maximum  working  heights  of up to 52 feet and
                  maximum load  capacities of up to 2,000 pounds.  Terex Lifting
                  manufactures  scissor  aerial work  platforms  at its Waverly,
                  Iowa and Milwaukee, Wisconsin facilities under the brand names
                  TEREX, SIMON, MARK and HOLLAND LIFT.

                           Straight  Telescopic Boom Lifts -- are used primarily
                  outdoors  in   residential,   commercial  and  industrial  new
                  construction  and maintenance  projects.  Straight  telescopic
                  boom lifts  manufactured by Terex Lifting have maximum working
                  heights of up to 126 feet and maximum load capacities of up to
                  650 pounds. Terex Lifting manufactures its straight telescopic
                  aerial work  platforms  at its  Waverly,  Iowa and  Milwaukee,
                  Wisconsin  facilities  under the brand names TEREX,  SIMON and
                  MARK.

                           Articulating  Telescopic  Boom Lifts -- are generally
                  used in industrial  environments where the articulation allows
                  the user to access  elevated areas over machines or structural
                  obstacles which prevent access with a scissor lift or straight
                  boom.  Articulating  lifts  available  from Terex Lifting have
                  maximum  working  heights  of up to 70 feet and  maximum  load
                  capacities of up to 500 pounds. Terex Lifting manufactures

<PAGE>
                                       37


                  its   articulating  telescopic  boom  lifts  at  its  Waverly,
                  Iowa  and  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin  facilities  under  the brand
                  name TEREX AERIALS.

Utility Aerial Devices

    Utility  aerial  devices are used to set utility  poles and move workers and
materials to work areas at the top of utility poles and towers.  Utility  aerial
devices  are  mounted on  commercial  truck  chassis  which  include  separately
installed  steel  cabinets for tool and material  storage.  Most utility  aerial
devices are insulated to permit live wire work.

                           Articulated  Aerial  Devices  -- are used to  elevate
                  workers to work areas at the top of utility  poles or in trees
                  and include one or two man baskets. Articulated aerial devices
                  available    from   Terex    Lifting    include    telescopic,
                  non-overcenter  and  overcenter  models  and range in  working
                  heights from 32 to 203 feet.  Articulated  aerial  devices are
                  manufactured  by Terex Lifting at its Watertown,  South Dakota
                  facility under the brand names TELELECT and HI-RANGER.

                           Digger  Derricks -- are used to set telephone  poles.
                  The digger  derricks  include a telescopic  boom with an auger
                  mounted at the tip which  digs a hole,  and a device to grasp,
                  manipulate and set the pole.  Digger  derricks  available from
                  Terex  Lifting  have  sheave  heights  exceeding  70 feet  and
                  lifting  capacities up to 48,000 pounds.  Digger  derricks are
                  manufactured  by Terex Lifting at its Watertown,  South Dakota
                  facility under the brand names TELELECT.

Telescopic Material Handlers

    Telescopic  material  handlers are used to lift containers or other material
from one location to another at the same job site.

                           Telescopic  Container Stackers -- are used to pick up
                  and stack containers at dock and terminal  facilities.  At the
                  end of a  telescopic  container  stacker's  boom is a spreader
                  which enables it to attach to  containers  of varying  lengths
                  and weights  and to rotate the  container  up to 360  degrees.
                  Telescopic  container  stackers are particularly  effective in
                  storage  areas  where  containers  are  continually  added and
                  removed,  and where the efficient  manipulation of, and access
                  to,  specific  containers  is required.  Telescopic  container
                  stackers manufactured by Terex Lifting have lifting capacities
                  up to 49.5  tons,  can  stack  up to six  full  or nine  empty
                  containers and are able to maneuver through very narrow areas.
                  Terex Lifting  manufactures its telescopic  container stackers
                  under the brand names PPM and P&H SUPERSTACKERS at its Conway,
                  South Carolina and Montceau-les-Mines, France facilities.

                           Rough Terrain  Telescopic  Boom  Forklifts -- serve a
                  similar  function  as smaller  size rough  terrain  telescopic
                  mobile  cranes  and are used  exclusively  to move  and  place
                  materials on new residential  and commercial job sites.  Terex
                  Lifting  manufactures  rough terrain telescopic boom forklifts
                  with load capacities of up to 10,000 pounds and with a maximum
                  extended reach of up to 31 feet and lift capabilities of up to
                  48 feet. Terex Lifting  manufactures  rough terrain telescopic
                  boom  forklifts at its facility in Baraga,  Michigan under the
                  brand name SQUARE SHOOTER.

<PAGE>
                                       38


Rigid and Articulated Off-Highway Trucks

    Terex Earthmoving manufactures two distinct types of off-highway trucks with
hauling  capacities  from 25 to 100 tons:  articulated  and rigid  frame.  Terex
Earthmoving  manufactures  rigid and  articulated  trucks at its TEL facility in
Motherwell,  Scotland. TEL manufactures and markets articulated trucks and rigid
frame  trucks  under the TEREX  brand  name and sells to O&K Mining on a private
label basis. Upon consummation of the O&K Acquisition, the Company will continue
to manufacture articulated trucks and rigid frame trucks under the O&K name.

                           Articulated Off-Highway Trucks -- are three axle, six
                  wheel drive  machines with a capacity  range of 25 to 40 tons.
                  Their  differentiating  feature is an  oscillating  connection
                  between the cab and body which allows the cab and body to move
                  independently,  thereby  enabling  all six  tires to  maintain
                  ground contact for improved  traction on rough  terrain.  This
                  allows the truck to move effectively  through  extremely rough
                  or muddy off-road conditions.  Articulated  off-highway trucks
                  are typically  used together with an excavator or wheel loader
                  to  move  dirt  in  connection  with  road,  tunnel  or  other
                  infrastructure  construction  and  commercial,  industrial  or
                  major residential  construction projects.  Terex's articulated
                  trucks are  manufactured  in Motherwell,  Scotland,  under the
                  brand name TEREX.

                           Rigid  Off-Highway  Trucks  -- are two axle  machines
                  which generally have larger capacities than articulated trucks
                  but can  operate  only on  improved  or graded  surfaces.  The
                  capacities  of rigid  off-highway  trucks range from 35 to 100
                  tons,  and  off-highway  trucks  have  applications  in  large
                  construction  or  infrastructure   projects,   aggregates  and
                  smaller surface mines.  Terex  Earthmoving's  rigid trucks are
                  manufactured  in Motherwell,  Scotland,  under the TEREX brand
                  name and in Batavia, Illinois, under the PAYHAULER brand name.

                           High Capacity  Surface  Mining Trucks -- are off road
                  dump trucks with  capacities  in excess of 120 tons  primarily
                  for surface mining. Terex Earthmoving's haulers are powered by
                  a diesel engine  driving an electric  generator  that provides
                  power  to  individual  electric  motors  in each  of the  rear
                  wheels.  Unit Rig's current  LECTRA HAUL product line consists
                  of a  series  of rear  dump  trucks  with  payload  capacities
                  ranging  from 120 to 260 tons,  and bottom  dump  trucks  with
                  capacities  ranging from 180 to 270 tons. Terex  Earthmoving's
                  high capacity  surface mining trucks are  manufactured at Unit
                  Rig, located in Tulsa, Oklahoma, under the UNIT RIG and LECTRA
                  HAUL brand names.

Large Hydraulic Excavators

    Terex  Earthmoving  sells hydraulic  excavators which are shovels  primarily
used to load coal,  copper ore,  iron ore,  other  mineral-bearing  materials or
rocks  into  trucks.   These  products  are  primarily  utilized  for  quarrying
construction  materials or digging in opencast  mines.  Additional  applications
include large construction  projects with difficult working conditions and large
amounts of solid material and rock to be moved.

                           Terex  Earthmoving  offers a complete  range of large
                  hydraulic  excavators,with  operating  weights  from 58 to 800
                  tons. In 1997,  O&K Mining  introduced the RH 400, the world's
                  largest hydraulic excavator with an 800 ton machine weight and
                  80 ton bucket capacity.  This expansion of Terex Earthmoving's
                  product  line will enable it to compete  with the most popular
                  electric  rope shovel size class and  represents a significant
                  growth  opportunity  for  Terex  Earthmoving.   Most hydraulic

<PAGE>
                                       39


                  excavators sold by Terex  Earthmoving are  manufactured  under
                  the O&K brand name by O&K  Mining in  Dortmund,  Germany.  The
                  smallest model sold by Terex  Earthmoving is  manufactured  by
                  Orenstein & Koppel in Berlin,  Germany,  pursuant to a private
                  label supply agreement.

Backlog

     The  Company's  backlog as of December 31, 1996 and 1997 and March 31, 1997
and 1998 not including backlog at O&K Mining, was as follows:

                               December 31,              March 31,
                            1996         1997        1997        1998
                                       (dollars in millions)

 Terex Lifting....         $  67.2      $186.5     $ 101.0     $ 224.0
 Terex Earthmoving            53.4        30.3        69.1        48.5
                           -------      -------    -------     -------
           Total..         $ 120.6      $ 216.8     $170.1      $272.5
                           =======      =======    =======     =======

    Substantially  all of the Company's backlog orders are expected to be filled
within one year, although there can be no assurance that all such backlog orders
will be filled within that time period.  The Company's  backlog orders represent
primarily new machine orders. Parts orders are generally filled on an as-ordered
basis.

    Backlog in Terex Lifting at December 31, 1997  increased  $119.3  million as
compared  to $67.2  million at  December  31,  1996.  Terex  Lifting  backlog at
December  31, 1997  increased  $119.3  million to $186.5  million as compared to
$67.2 at December 31, 1996. The increase in backlog was due to the effect of the
Simon Access and Square Shooter businesses acquired in April 1997 (approximately
$51 million in backlog) as well as  increases in the  businesses  other than the
1997 acquisitions.  The backlog at Terex Earthmoving  decreased to $30.3 million
at  December  31,  1997 from $53.4  million at December  31,  1996,  principally
because of the decline in sales and backlog of Unit Rig  machines  during  1997.

    Terex  Lifting's  backlog was $224.0 million at March 31, 1998,  compared to
$101.0 million at March 31, 1997 and $186.5 million at December 31, 1997. Of the
total  backlog  at  March  31,  1998,  approximately  37% was at the  businesses
acquired in 1997.  Backlog at Terex  Earthmoving  was $48.5 million at March 31,
1998  compared to $30.3  million at December 31, 1997 and $69.1 million at March
31, 1997 and December 31, 1997, respectively.


Distribution

    Terex Lifting distributes its products primarily through a global network of
dealers in over 750  different  locations.  With  respect to  telescopic  mobile
cranes in North America,  Terex Lifting maintains extensive dealer networks. The
geographic  strength of Terex Lifting's  telescopic mobile cranes marketed under
the LORAIN  brand name  centers in the midwest and  mid-Atlantic  regions of the
United States and the geographic  strength of telescopic  mobile cranes marketed
under the P&H brand name  centers in the  southern  and  western  regions of the
United States.  Terex Lifting's  European  distribution is carried out primarily
under three brand names,  TEREX, PPM and BENDINI,  through a single distribution
network comprised of both  distributors and a direct sales force.  Terex Lifting
sells its utility aerial devices under the SIMON, TEREX and TELELECT brand names
principally  through a network of North  American  distributors.  Terex  Lifting
sells its aerial work  platform  products  through a  distribution  network that
includes many of the Aerials Limited and Aerials  dealers  throughout the world,
but  principally  in North  America  and  Europe.  Terex  Lifting's  aerial work
platform products are sold under the brand name TEREX AERIALS.

    TEL markets  machines and  replacement  parts  primarily  through  worldwide
dealership  networks.  TEL's truck  dealers  are  independent  businesses  which
generally  serve the  construction,  mining,  timber  and/or  scrap  industries.
Although these dealers carry products of a variety of manufacturers,  and may or
may not carry more than one of the  Company's  products,  each dealer  generally
carries  only  one  manufacturer's "brand"  of  each particular type of product.

<PAGE>
                                       40


The Company employs sales representatives who service these dealers from offices
located  throughout  the world.  Payhauler  distributes  its products  primarily
through a dealership network.

    Unit Rig  distributes  its  products  and  services  directly  to  customers
primarily  through its own distribution  system.  O&K Mining sells its hydraulic
mining shovels and after-market  parts and services primarily through its export
sales  department in Dortmund,  Germany,  through O&K Mining's global network of
wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries and through dealership networks.

Research and Development

    The Company  maintains  engineering  staffs at several of its  locations who
design new products and  improvements in existing  product lines.  The Company's
engineering  expenses are primarily incurred in connection with the improvements
of  existing  products,  efforts to reduce  costs of existing  products  and, in
certain  cases,   the   development  of  products  which  may  have   additional
applications or represent extensions of the existing product line.

Materials

    Principal  materials  used  by  the  Company  in its  various  manufacturing
processes include steel, castings, engines, tires, hydraulic cylinders, electric
controls and motors, and a variety of other fabricated or manufactured items. In
the absence of labor strikes or other unusual  circumstances,  substantially all
materials are normally available from multiple suppliers.  Current and potential
suppliers  are  evaluated  on a  regular  basis  on  their  ability  to meet the
Company's requirements and standards. Electric wheel motors and controls used in
the Unit Rig product line are currently supplied exclusively by General Electric
Company.  The  Company is  endeavoring  to develop  alternative  sources and has
entered into a contract with General Atomics,  a former defense  contractor,  to
develop  electric wheel motors for Unit Rig trucks.  If the Company is unable to
develop  alternative  sources,  or if there is disruption or  termination of its
relationship  with General  Electric Company (which is not governed by a written
contract), it could have a material adverse effect on Unit Rig's operations.

Competition

    Telescopic Mobile Cranes -- The domestic telescopic mobile crane industry is
comprised  primarily of three  manufacturers.  The Company  believes  that Terex
Lifting is the second largest domestic  manufacturer,  with  approximately a 36%
market share. The Company believes that the number one domestic  manufacturer is
Grove  Worldwide,  and the number three domestic  manufacturer  is Link-Belt,  a
subsidiary of Sumitomo  Corp. The Company's  principal  markets in Europe are in
France and Italy,  where the Company  believes it has the largest market shares,
with an estimated 50% market share in each of these countries.  In Europe, Terex
Lifting's  primary  competitors  are Grove Cranes Ltd.  (including  the recently
acquired Krupp Mobilkran),  Liebherr Werk Ehingen and DeMag.  Outside the United
States and Europe,  the most active new mobile crane markets are the Middle East
and  South  America.   Terex  Lifting  sells  approximately  10%  of  its  newly
manufactured telescopic mobile cranes to those markets.

    The United States boom truck industry is dominated by four manufacturers, of
which the  Company  believes  Terex RO, with a 25% market  share,  is the second
largest behind Grove National.

    Aerial Work Platforms -- The aerial work platform  industry in North America
is  fragmented,  with seven major  competitors.  The Company  believes  that its
approximate  7% market share makes it the fifth largest  manufacturer  of aerial
work platforms in North America,  behind JLG, Genie,  Grove Manlift and Snorkel.
The Company believes that approximately 42,000 aerial platforms were sold in the
United States during 1997, of which  approximately  70% were scissor lifts,  19%
were  articulated  boom lifts,  and 11% were  straight  boom lifts.  The Company
believes that its market share in boom lifts is greater than its market share in
scissor lifts.

    Utility Aerial  Devices -- The utility  aerial device  industry is comprised
primarily of three manufacturers.  The Company believes that it has a 20% market

<PAGE>
                                       41


share of that  industry and that it is the second  largest  manufacturer  in the
United States of utility aerial devices behind Altec.  Outside theUnited States,
the Company is focusing primarily on the Mexican and Caribbean markets.

    Telescopic   Container   Stackers  --  The  Company   believes   that  three
manufacturers  account for approximately 66% of the global market for telescopic
container  stackers.  The Company  believes that it has a global market share of
25%  and  that  it is the  second  largest  manufacturer  behind  Kalmar.  Other
manufacturers include Valmet Belloti and Taylor.

    Telescopic Rough Terrain Lift Trucks -- OmniQuip and Gradall are the largest
manufacturers of telescopic rough terrain lift trucks. The Company believes that
the Square Shooter Business has approximately a 4% market share.

    Off-Highway  Trucks -- North America and Europe account for greater than 60%
of the global market. Four manufacturers dominate the global market. The Company
believes that it is the third largest of these  manufacturers  (behind Volvo and
Caterpillar), with approximately a 10% global market share.

    High Capacity  Surface  Mining Trucks -- The high  capacity  surface  mining
truck   industry   includes   three   principal   manufacturers:    Caterpillar,
Komatsu-Dresser  and the  Company.  The  Company  believes  that it is the third
largest manufacturer with a global market share of approximately 13%.

    Large Hydraulic Mining Shovels -- The large hydraulic mining shovel industry
is comprised of primarily seven manufacturers, the largest of which are Hitachi,
Komatsu-DeMag, Liebherr and Caterpillar. The Company believes that O&K Mining is
the largest  manufacturer of hydraulic  mining shovels having machine weights in
excess of 200 tons,  with an  approximate  29% global market share.  The largest
hydraulic   excavators  also  compete  against  electric  mining  shovels  (rope
excavators)  from  competitors  such as  Harnischfeger  Corporation  and Bucyrus
International,  Inc. and, for some  applications,  against  bucket wheel loaders
from competitors such as Caterpillar, Volvo and Komatsu-Dresser.

Employees

    As of March 31, 1998, the Company had  approximately  3,077  employees.  The
Company   considers  its  relations  with  its  personnel  to  be  satisfactory.
Approximately  35% of the Company's  employees are  represented  by labor unions
which have entered into or are in the process of entering into various  separate
collective  bargaining  agreements with the Company.  The Company  experienced a
labor strike at its parts distribution  center in Southaven,  Mississippi during
the second quarter of 1995 which was settled in February 1997. The strike had no
appreciable  effect on the  conduct of  business  or  financial  results of that
operation  as a whole,  although  individual  product line sales growth may have
been hindered.

Patents, Licenses and Trademarks

    Several of the trademarks and trade names of the Company,  in particular the
TEREX,  LORAIN,  UNIT RIG, MARK,  P&H, PPM,  SIMON,  TELELECT,  SQUARE  SHOOTER,
PAYHAULER, O&K and HOLLAND LIFT trademarks, are important to the business of the
Company.  The Company owns and maintains trademark  registrations and patents in
countries where it conducts  business,  and monitors the status of its trademark
registrations and patents to maintain them in force and renews them as required.
The Company  also  protects  its  trademark,  trade name and patent  rights when
circumstances   warrant  such  action,   including   the   initiation  of  legal
proceedings,  if  necessary.  P&H is a  registered  trademark  of  Harnischfeger
Corporation which the Company has the right to use for certain products pursuant
to a  license  agreement  until  2011.  Pursuant  to  the  terms  of  the  Simon
Acquisition  agreements,  the Company has the right to use the SIMON name (which
is a registered  trademark of Simon  Engineering plc) for certain products until
April 7, 2000.  CELLA is a trademark  of Sergio  Cella.  EFFER is a trademark of
Effer SpA. Pursuant to the terms of the O&K Acquisition  agreement,  the Company
has the right to use the O&K and Orenstein & Koppel names (which are  registered
trademarks of Orenstein & Koppel) for most  applications  in the mining business
for an unlimited period of time. All other trademarks and tradenames referred to
in this  Prospectus  are  registered  trademarks  of  Terex  Corporation  or its
subsidiaries.

<PAGE>
                                       42


Environmental Matters

    The Company is subject to a wide range of Federal,  state, local and foreign
environmental  laws,  including CERCLA, that regulate the discharge of materials
into the environment. Compliance with such laws has not had a material effect on
the Company. In addition,  the Company has not incurred,  and does not expect to
incur in the future, any material capital expenditures for environmental control
facilities.

Legal Proceedings

    In December  1994, the Company  received an examination  report from the IRS
proposing a substantial  tax deficiency  based upon an alleged  inability of the
Company to  substantiate  certain  deductions  taken by the Company from 1987 to
1989 and the Company's  utilization  of certain  NOLs.  This matter is currently
pending in the  Milwaukee  audit  division of the IRS. For a discussion  of this
matter, see "Risk Factors -- Tax Audit Issues."

    In March  1994,  the  Commission  initiated a private  investigation,  which
included  the  Company  and  certain of its  affiliates,  to  determine  whether
violations of certain aspects of the Federal securities laws had occurred.
For a discussion of this investigation, see "Risk Factors -- SEC Investigation."

    The Company is involved in various other legal proceedings which have arisen
in the  normal  course of its  operations.  The  outcome  of these  other  legal
proceedings,  if  determined  adversely  to the  Company,  is unlikely to have a
material effect on the Company.

Seasonal Factors

    The Company  markets a large  portion of its  products in North  America and
Europe,  and its sales of trucks  and cranes  during the fourth  quarter of each
year (i.e.,  October through December) to the construction  industry are usually
lower than sales of such  equipment  during each of the first three  quarters of
the year  because  of the  normal  winter  slowdown  of  construction  activity.
However,  sales of trucks to the mining  industry are generally less affected by
such seasonal factors.

Discontinued Operations

    On November 27, 1996, the Company sold  substantially  all of the assets and
liabilities  of the  Clark  Material  Handling  Segment  for an  aggregate  cash
purchase price of approximately $140 million. Prior to the disposition the Clark
Material  Handling  Segment  consisted of Clark  Material  Handling  Company and
certain  affiliated  companies  which were  acquired by the Company in July 1992
from Clark Equipment  Company.  The Clark Material  Handling  Segment  designed,
manufactured  and marketed a complete line of internal  combustion  and electric
lift trucks, electric walkies and related components and replacement parts under
the CLARK trademark

<PAGE>
                                       43


Properties

    The  following  table  outlines the principal  manufacturing,  warehouse and
office facilities owned or leased by the Company and its subsidiaries:

                                                          Type and Size 
       Entity               Facility Location              of Facility
- ---------------------   --------------------------   ----------------------
Terex                   Westport, Connecticut(1)     Office; 14,898 sq. ft.
 (Corporate Offices)
Terex                   Southhaven, Mississippi (1)  Warehouse and light        
 (Distribution Center)                                manufacturing; 
                                                      505,000 sq. ft.(2)

                            Terex Earthmoving

Unit Rig                Tulsa, Oklahoma             Manufacturing, warehouse
                                                     and office; 375,587 sq. ft.
TEL                     Motherwell, Scotland        Manufacturing, warehouse and
                                                     office; 473,000 sq. ft.
Payhauler               Batavia, Illinois(1)        Manufacturing, office and
                                                     warehouse; 112,000 sq. ft.
O&K Mining              Dortmund, Germany(1)        Manufacturing, office and
                                                     warehouse; 775,000 sq. ft.

                             Terex Lifting

Terex Lifting --        Waverly, Iowa               Office, manufacturing and
 Waverly Operations                                  warehouse; 363,000 sq. ft.
Terex Lifting --        Conway, South Carolina(1)   Office, manufacturing and 
                                                     warehouse; 168,716 sq. ft.
P.P.M. S.A.             Montceau-les-Mines, France  Office, manufacturing and 
                                                     warehouse; 419,764 sq. ft.
P.P.M. SpA              Crespellano, Italy          Office, manufacturing and
                                                     warehouse; 79,900 sq. ft.
PPM Europe Subsidiary   Dortmund, Germany(1)        Office and warehouse;
                                                     129,180 sq. ft.
PPM Europe Subsidiary   Rethel, France              Office, manufacturing and
                                                     warehouse; 215,300 sq. ft.
Telelect                Huron, South Dakota         Manufacturing; 88,000 sq.ft.
Telelect                Watertown, South Dakota     Office, manufacturing and 
                                                     warehouse; 222,450 sq. ft.
Cella                   Brescia, Italy(1)           Manufacturing and office;
                                                     64,000 sq. ft.
Aerials Limited         Cork, Ireland(1)            Manufacturing and office;
                                                     80,000 sq. ft.
Aerials (Terex RO)      Olathe, Kansas              Manufacturing and office;
                                                     80,400 sq. ft.
Aerials                 Milwaukee, Wisconsin        Manufacturing, office and
                                                     warehouse; 103,000 sq. ft.
Square Shooter          Baraga, Michigan            Manufacturing, office and
                                                     warehouse; 41,152 sq. ft.
Holland Lift            Hoorn,The Netherlands(1)    Manufacturing, office and
                                                     warehouse; 30,000 sq. ft.
American Crane          Wilmington, North Carolina  Manufacturing, office and
                                                     warehouse; 572,200 sq.ft.
American Crane          Oudenbosch,                 Office and warehouse;
  Europe Subsidiary       The Netherlands(1)         8,000 sq.ft.
- --------------------

(1).....These facilities are either leased or subleased by the indicated entity.
(2).....Includes 239,400 sq. ft. of warehouse space which the Company currently
        leases to others.
<PAGE>
                                       44

    Unit Rig also has 10 owned or leased  locations for parts  distribution  and
rebuilding  of  components,  of which two are in the United  States,  two are in
Canada  and six are  outside  North  America.  O&K  Mining  also has six  leased
locations for sales and parts  distribution,  located in Georgia  (U.S.A.),  the
United Kingdom, South Africa, Australia, Singapore and Canada.

    Management  believes  that the  properties  listed  above are  suitable  and
adequate for the Company's needs. The Company has determined that certain of its
properties exceed its current requirements.  Such properties may be sold, leased
or utilized in another manner and have been excluded from the above list.

                                   MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

The following individuals are currently directors of the Company:
                                                                     First Year
                                     Position and                    Elected
     Name              Age       Offices with Company                Director
- ---------------       -----   ---------------------------------     -----------
Ronald M. DeFeo        46     Chairman of the Board, President,        1993
                              Chief Executive Officer, Chief
                              Operating Officer and Director

G. Chris Andersen      60             Director                         1992

William H. Fike        62             Director                         1995

Bruce I. Raben         44             Director                         1992

Marvin B. Rosenberg    58             Director                         1992

David A. Sachs         39             Director                         1992

Dr. Donald P. Jacobs   71             Director                         1998


    Ronald M.  DeFeo was  appointed  a director  of the  Company in 1993 and was
appointed  President  and Chief  Operating  Officer of the Company on October 4,
1993,  Chief Executive  Officer of the Company on March 24, 1995 and Chairman of
the  Board on  March 4,  1998.  Mr.  DeFeo  joined  the  Company  in May 1992 as
President of the Company's Heavy Equipment  Group. A year later, he also assumed
the  responsibility  of  serving as the  President  of Clark  Material  Handling
Company.  Prior to joining  the Company on May 1, 1992,  Mr.  DeFeo was a Senior
Vice  President  of J.I.  Case  Company,  the  farm and  construction  equipment
division  formerly of Tenneco  Inc.,  and also served as a Managing  Director of
Case Construction Equipment throughout Europe. While at J.I. Case, Mr. DeFeo was
also a Vice President of North American Construction Equipment Sales and General
Manager of Retail Operations.  Mr. DeFeo serves as a director of United Rentals,
Inc.

    G. Chris  Andersen  was  appointed a director  of the  Company in 1992.  Mr.
Andersen was a Vice Chairman of PaineWebber Incorporated from March 1990 through
1995. Mr.  Andersen is currently a partner of Andersen,  Weinroth & Co. L.P., an
investment  banking  firm,  and also serves as a director  of Sunshine  Mining &
Refining Company,  All Star Systems,  Inc.,  Headway Corp.  Services and Compost
America.

    William H. Fike was appointed a director of the Company in 1995. Mr. Fike is
the Vice Chairman of Magna International, Inc., an automotive parts manufacturer
based in Ontario,  Canada  ("Magna").  Prior to joining Magna in September 1994,
Mr. Fike was employed by Ford Motor  Company from 1966 to 1994,  where he served
most  recently as  President  of Ford  Europe.  Mr. Fike serves as a director of
Magna and AGCO Corporation.

    Bruce I. Raben was appointed a director of the Company in 1992. Mr. Raben is
a managing  director of CIBC Oppenheimer  Corp., one of the Initial  Purchasers.

<PAGE>
                                       45

Prior to joining  that firm in  February  1996,  Mr.  Raben was  employed  as an
Executive  Vice  President  of  Jefferies & Company,  Inc. Mr. Raben serves as a
director of Equity Marketing Inc. and Optical Security, Inc.

    Marvin B.  Rosenberg  retired as a Senior Vice  President of the Company,  a
position he held since  January 1, 1994,  on  December  31,  1997.  He served as
Secretary and General Counsel of the Company since 1987 with his retirement from
the Company on December 31, 997. From 1987 through 1993, Mr. Rosenberg served as
General Counsel of KCS Industries,  L.P., a Connecticut  limited partnership and
its predecessor,  KCS Industries,  Inc. ("KCS"),  an entity that, until December
31, 1993, provided administrative,  financial, marketing, technical, real estate
and legal services to the Company and its subsidiaries.

    David A. Sachs was appointed a director of the Company in 1992. Mr. Sachs is
a Managing Director of Ares Management, L.P., an investment management firm, and
is a principal of Onyx  Partners,  Inc., a merchant  banking firm.  From 1990 to
1994,  Mr. Sachs was employed at TMT-FW,  Inc.,  an affiliate of Taylor & Co., a
private  investment  firm based in Fort  Worth,  Texas.  Mr.  Sachs  serves as a
director of Talton Holdings, Inc.

    Dr.  Donald P. Jacobs was  appointed a director of the Company in 1998.  Dr.
Jacobs is Dean of the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern
University.  In  addition  to  serving as  director  of First  National  Bank of
Chicago,  Hartmarx  Corporation,   Security  Capital  Industrial  Trust,  Unicom
Corporation/Commonwealth   Edison  Company,   Unocal   Corporation  and  Whitman
Corporation,  Dr.  Jacobs  is  Chairman  of the  Public  Review  Board of Arthur
Andersen & Co. and previously served as Chairman of the Board of Amtrak.

    The  following  table  sets  forth  the  respective  names  and  ages of the
Company's  current  executive  officers,  as of August 1, 1998,  indicating  all
positions  and offices held by each such person.  Each officer is elected by the
Board to hold  office for one year or until his  successor  is duly  elected and
qualified.

    Name                Age           Positions and Offices Held

Ronald M. DeFeo         46      Chairman of the Board, President, Chief
                                Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer and 
                                Director

Eric I Cohen            39      Senior Vice President, General Counsel and 
                                  Secretary

Joseph F. Apuzzo        42      Vice President-Finance and Controller

Brian J. Henry          39      Vice President-Finance, Business Development

Steven E. Hooper        45      Vice President-Human Resources

Jack Lascar             44      Vice President-Investor Relations and Corporate
                                  Communications


    For information  regarding Mr. DeFeo,  refer to the table listing  directors
above.

    Eric I Cohen was  appointed  Senior  Vice  President,  General  Counsel  and
Secretary  effective  January 1, 1998.  Mr.  Cohen had been a partner at the law
firm of Robinson  Silverman Pearce Aronsohn & Berman LLP from January 1992 until
joining the Company on January 1, 1998.

     Joseph F. Apuzzo was appointed Vice President-Finance and Controller of the
Company  on May 15,  1996.  Mr.  Apuzzo  previously  held the  position  of Vice
President, Corporate Controller since joining the Company on October 9, 1995.

<PAGE>
                                       46

Mr.  Apuzzo was Vice  President of Corporate  Finance at D'Arcy  Masius Benton &
Bowles,  Inc. from September 1994 until October 1995. Mr. Apuzzo was employed by
Price Waterhouse LLP in various capacities from 1983 until September 1994.

     Brian J. Henry was appointed Vice  President-Finance,  Business Development
on May 18, 1998. Previously,  Mr. Henry has served as Vice President-Finance and
Treasurer and Director of Investor Relations on the Company since July 11, 1995.
Mr. Henry formerly held the position of Vice President-Corporate Development and
Acquisitions and has been employed by the Company since 1993. He was employed by
KCS from 1990 until 1993.

     Steven E.  Hooper  was  appointed  Vice  President-Human  Resources  of the
Company on September 15, 1995,  after serving as Director of Human  Resources of
the Company since January 1994. He was previously a Human Resources  Director at
Allied Signal  Aerospace  from October 1992 to December  1993.  Prior to October
1992,  Mr. Hooper was with Tenneco Inc. for eight years in various  senior level
human resources positions.

    Jack Lascar was appointed  Vice  President-Investor  Relations and Corporate
Communications of the Company on May 18, 1998.  Previously,  Mr. Lascar had been
Vice President-Investor  Relations for Tenneco, Inc. Mr. Lascar had held various
senior  level  manaagement  positions  at Tenneco  during  the period  from 1981
through 1998.

                             DESCRIPTION OF THE NEW
                              BANK CREDIT FACILITY

    On March 6, 1998, the Company entered into the New Bank Credit Facility with
several financial  institutions.  Under the terms of such facility,  the Company
and certain wholly owned foreign  subsidiaries  of the Company (the  "Subsidiary
Borrowers," and together with the Company,  the "Borrowers") may borrow up to an
aggregate  of $375  million  pursuant  to the  Term  Loan  Facilities  and  have
available  an aggregate of $125  million  pursuant to the New  Revolving  Credit
Facility.  All obligations of the Subsidiary Borrowers under the New Bank Credit
Facility are guaranteed by the Company. All obligations of the Company under the
New Bank Credit Facility are guaranteed by the Company's domestic  subsidiaries.
With limited  exceptions,  the  obligations of the Borrowers  under the New Bank
Credit  Facility  are  secured  by (i) a pledge of all of the  capital  stock of
domestic  subsidiaries of the Company,  (ii) a pledge of 65% of the stock of the
foreign subsidiaries of the Company and (iii) a first priority security interest
in, and mortgages on,  substantially all of the assets of Terex and its domestic
subsidiaries.  The New Bank Credit  Facility  contains  covenants  limiting  the
Borrowers' activities,  including, without limitation,  limitations on dividends
and other payments, liens, investments,  incurrence of indebtedness, mergers and
asset sales, related party transactions and capital  expenditures.  The New Bank
Credit  Facility  also  contains  certain  financial  and  operating  covenants,
including a maximum  leverage  ratio,  a minimum  interest  coverage ratio and a
minimum  fixed charge  coverage  ratio.  The New Bank Credit  Facility  replaced
certain of the Existing Credit Facilities, and approximately $117 million of the
proceeds  from  the  Term  Loan  Facilities  were  used to  repay  in  full  the
outstanding  indebtedness  and related  fees and  expenses  under such  Existing
Credit Facilities.

    Pursuant to the Term Loan  Facilities,  the  Borrowers  may borrow (i) up to
$175 million in aggregate  principal amount pursuant to a Term Loan A due March,
2004 (the "Term A Loan")  and (ii) up to $200  million  in  aggregate  principal
amount  pursuant  to a Term  Loan B due  March,  2005 (the  "Term B Loan").  The
outstanding principal amount of the Term A Loan currently bears interest, at the
applicable  Borrower's  option,  at an all-in  drawn  cost of 2.00% per annum in
excess  of the  adjusted  eurocurrency  rate or,  with  respect  to U.S.  dollar
denominated  alternate  base rate  loans,  at an all-in  drawn cost of 1.00% per
annum in excess of the prime rate. The outstanding  principal amount of the Term
B Loan currently bears interest, at the Company's option, at a rate of 2.50% per
annum in excess of the adjusted  eurodollar rate or, with respect to U.S. dollar
denominated  alternate  base rate loans,  1.50% in excess of the prime rate. The
Term A Loan  amortizes on a quarterly  basis,  in the annual  percentages of 0%,
16%, 16%, 21%, 21% and 26%, respectively,  during the six year term of the loan.
The Term B Loan amortizes in an annual percentage of 1% during each of the first
six years of the term of the loan and 94% in the seventh year of the term of the
loan.  The Term A Loan and Term B Loan are subject to  mandatory  prepayment  in
certain  circumstances  and are  voluntarily  prepayable  without  payment  of a
premium (subject to reimbursement of the lenders' costs in case of prepayment of
eurodollar loans other than on the last day of an interest period).

<PAGE>
                                       47


    Pursuant to the New Revolving Credit Facility,  the Borrowers have available
an aggregate amount of up to $125 million.  The outstanding  principal amount of
loans under the New Revolving Credit Facility bears interest,  at the applicable
Borrower's  option,  at an all-in drawn cost of 2.00% per annum in excess of the
adjusted eurocurrency rate or, with respect to U.S. dollar denominated alternate
base rate  loans,  at an all-in  drawn  cost of 1.00% per annum in excess of the
prime rate.  The New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  will  terminate  on the sixth
anniversary  thereof.  The New  Revolving  Credit  Facility  is used for working
capital and general corporate purposes.

    If for any reason the  Company is unable to comply with the terms of the New
Bank  Credit  Facility,   including  the  covenants   included   therein,   such
noncompliance  could  result in an event of  default  under the New Bank  Credit
Facility and could  result in  acceleration  of the payment of the  indebtedness
outstanding under the New Bank Credit Facility.


                            DESCRIPTION OF THE NOTES

General

    The Old Notes were,  and the New Notes will be,  issued  under that  certain
Indenture, dated as of March 31, 1998 (the "Indenture"), between the Company and
United States Trust Company of New York, as Trustee (the  "Trustee"),  a copy of
which  is  filed as an  exhibit  to the  Registration  Statement  of which  this
Prospectus  constitutes a part.  The form and terms of the New Notes will be the
same as the form and terms of the Old  Notes in all  material  respects,  except
that the New Notes will be registered under the Securities Act, and,  therefore,
will not bear legends  restricting  the  transfer  thereof.  The  following is a
summary of certain provisions of the Indenture and the Notes.

    The following  summary of certain  provisions of the Indenture and the Notes
does not  purport to be  complete  and is subject  to, and is  qualified  in its
entirety by  reference  to, the Trust  Indenture  Act of 1939,  as amended  (the
"Trust  Indenture  Act"),  and to all of the provisions of the Indenture and the
Notes,  including  the  definitions  of certain terms in the Indenture and those
terms  made a  part  thereof  by the  Trust  Indenture  Act.  As  used  in  this
"Description  of the Notes"  section,  references to the "Company"  include only
Terex Corporation and not its Subsidiaries.

    The Old Notes are, and the New Notes will be, unsecured senior  subordinated
obligations of the Company.

    The Old Notes were issued,  and the New Notes will be issued,  only in fully
registered form,  without  coupons,  in denominations of $1,000 and any integral
multiple of $1,000.  See "--  Book-Entry,  Delivery and Form." No service charge
shall be made for any  registration  or exchange  of Notes,  but the Company may
require  payment of a sum  sufficient to cover any transfer tax or other similar
governmental charge payable in connection  therewith.  Principal of, premium, if
any, and  interest on the Old Notes are, and on the New Notes will be,  payable,
and the Notes may be  exchanged or  transferred,  at the office or agency of the
Company in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York (which initially shall
be the  corporate  trust office of the Trustee,  at 111  Broadway,  Lower Level,
Corporate Trust Window, New York, New York 10005), except that, at the option of
the  Company,  payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the address of
the Holders as such address appears in the Note register.

Terms of the Notes

    The  Notes  are  unsecured  Senior  Notes  subordinated  obligations  of the
Company,  limited to $150 million aggregate principal amount, and will mature on
April 1, 2008.  The Notes are  subordinate  in right of payment to certain other
debt  obligations of the Company.  The Notes bear interest at the rate per annum
shown on the cover page hereof from March 31, 1998, or from the most recent date
to which interest has been paid or provided for, payable semiannually to Holders
of record at the close of business on the March 15 or September  15  immediately
preceding  the  interest  payment  date on April 1 and  October 1 of each  year,
commencing  October 1, 1998. The Company will pay interest on overdue  principal
at 1% per annum in excess of such  rate,  and it will pay  interest  on  overdue

<PAGE>
                                       48

installments  of interest at such higher rate to the extent lawful.  Interest on
the Notes  will be  computed  on the basis of a  360-day  year of twelve  30-day
months.

    The  interest   rate  on  the  Notes  is  subject  to  increase  in  certain
circumstances if the Registration Statement of which this Prospectus constitutes
a  part  is not  declared  effective  on a  timely  basis  or if  certain  other
conditions  are not  satisfied,  all as further  described  under  "Registration
Rights."

Optional Redemption

    Except as set forth in the following paragraph, the Notes are not redeemable
at the option of the Company prior to April 1, 2003. Thereafter,  the Notes will
be redeemable, at the Company's option, in whole or in part, at any time or from
time to time,  upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days' prior notice  mailed
by  first-class  mail to each  Holder's  registered  address,  at the  following
redemption prices (expressed in percentages of principal  amount),  plus accrued
interest to the  redemption  date  (subject to the right of Holders of record on
the  relevant  record  date to receive  interest  due on the  relevant  interest
payment date), if redeemed  during the 12-month period  commencing on April 1 of
the years set forth below:

                                               Redemption
             Period                               Price
             2003............................... 104.438%
             2004............................... 102.958%
             2005............................... 101.479%
             2006 and thereafter................ 100.000%


     In addition,  at any time and from time to time prior to April 1, 2001, the
Company may redeem in the aggregate up to $50 million of the original  principal
amount of the Notes with the proceeds of one or more Public Equity Offerings, at
a redemption price  (expressed as a percentage of principal  amount) of 108.875%
plus accrued interest to the redemption date (subject to the right of Holders of
record on the  relevant  record  date to receive  interest  due on the  relevant
interest payment date);  provided,  however,  that at least 65% of the aggregate
principal  amount of the Notes originally  outstanding  must remain  outstanding
after each such redemption.

     In  the  case  of any  partial  redemption,  selection  of  the  Notes  for
redemption  will be made by the Company in compliance  with the  requirements of
the  principal  national  securities  exchange,  if any,  on which the Notes are
listed or, if the Notes are not listed on a securities exchange,  by the Trustee
on a pro rata basis,  by lot or by such other  method as the Trustee in its sole
discretion shall deem to be fair and  appropriate,  although no Note in original
principal  amount of $1,000 or less shall be redeemed in part. If any Note is to
be redeemed in part only,  the notice of redemption  relating to such Note shall
state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in
principal  amount equal to the unredeemed  portion thereof will be issued in the
name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

     The Notes do not have the benefit of a sinking fund.

Subsidiary Guarantees

     The  obligations  of the  Company  pursuant  to the  Notes,  including  the
repurchase  obligation  resulting from a Change of Control,  are unconditionally
guaranteed,  jointly and severally,  on a senior  subordinated basis, by each of
the Subsidiary Guarantors.  Each Subsidiary Guarantee is limited in amount to an
amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable
Subsidiary Guarantor without rendering the Subsidiary  Guarantee,  as it relates
to  such  Subsidiary  Guarantor,  voidable  under  applicable  law  relating  to
fraudulent  conveyance  or  fraudulent  transfer or similar laws  affecting  the
rights of creditors  generally.  If a Subsidiary  Guarantee  were to be rendered
voidable,  a court could deem it  unenforceable  or  subordinate it to all other
indebtedness  (including  guarantees and other  contingent  liabilities)  of the
applicable  Subsidiary   Guarantor,   and,  depending  on  the  amount  of  such
indebtedness,  a Subsidiary  Guarantor's  liability on its Subsidiary  Guarantee

<PAGE>
                                       49

could be reduced to zero.  See "Risk Factors --  Subordination  of the Notes and
Subsidiary Guarantees."

     Pursuant to the Indenture,  a Subsidiary  Guarantor may  consolidate  with,
merge with or into, or transfer all or substantially all its assets to any other
Person to the extent  described below under "-- Certain  Covenants -- Merger and
Consolidation";  provided, however, that if such other Person is not the Company
or another Subsidiary Guarantor,  such Subsidiary Guarantor's  obligations under
its  Subsidiary  Guarantee  must be  expressly  assumed  by such  other  Person.
However,  generally  upon  the sale or other  disposition  (including  by way of
consolidation or merger) of a Subsidiary Guarantor or the sale or disposition of
all or  substantially  all the assets of a  Subsidiary  Guarantor  (in each case
other than to the  Company or an  Affiliate  of the  Company)  permitted  by the
Indenture (including pursuant to the exercise of remedies in respect of any Lien
on the capital stock of a Subsidiary  Guarantor,  which Lien secures outstanding
Bank Indebtedness), such Subsidiary Guarantor will be released and relieved from
all its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

Subordination

     The indebtedness evidenced by the Notes is senior subordinated  obligations
of the Company. The payment of the principal of, premium (if any), and interest,
on the Notes is  contractually  subordinated in right of payment as set forth in
the Indenture,  to the prior payment in full of all Senior  Indebtedness  of the
Company.

     The obligations of a Subsidiary  Guarantor  under its Subsidiary  Guarantee
are senior subordinated  obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor.  As such, the
rights of Noteholders to receive payment by a Subsidiary  Guarantor  pursuant to
its Subsidiary Guarantee will be contractually  subordinated in right of payment
to the rights of holders of Senior  Indebtedness of such  Subsidiary  Guarantor.
The terms of the subordination  provisions  described herein with respect to the
Company's  obligations  under the Notes apply equally to a Subsidiary  Guarantor
and the obligations of such Subsidiary Guarantor under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

     Indebtedness of the Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors that constitutes
Senior  Indebtedness  ranks  senior  to the Notes  and the  relevant  Subsidiary
Guarantee in accordance with the provisions of the Indenture.  The Notes and the
Subsidiary  Guarantees  ranks pari passu in all  respects  with all other Senior
Subordinated   Indebtedness  of  the  Company  and  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors,
respectively,  and will rank senior to all other Subordinated Obligations of the
Company  and  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors,   respectively.  See  "--  Subsidiary
Guarantees,"  "Risk  Factors  --  Subordination  of  Notes  and  the  Subsidiary
Guarantees" and "Risk Factors -- Fraudulent Transfer Considerations."

    As of March 31,  1998,  (i) the Senior  Indebtedness  of the Company and the
Subsidiary  Guarantors,  to which the Notes are contractually  subordinated,  is
approximately $413 million, consisting principally of approximately $381 million
of Indebtedness Incurred under the New Bank Credit Facility and (ii) there is no
Senior  Subordinated  Indebtedness  of the Company or the Subsidiary  Guarantors
ranking  pari  passu  with  the  Notes  or  the  Subsidiary  Guarantees,  or any
Subordinated   Obligations  ranking  junior  to  the  Notes  or  the  Subsidiary
Guarantees.

     In addition,  claims of creditors of the Company's subsidiaries,  including
trade  creditors,  secured  creditors and  creditors  holding  indebtedness  and
guarantees issued by such subsidiaries, and claims of preferred stockholders (if
any) of such  subsidiaries,  generally  have priority with respect to the assets
and  earnings  of such  subsidiaries  over the  claims of the  creditors  of the
Company,  including the Holders of the Notes,  even if such  obligations  do not
constitute Senior Indebtedness. The Notes therefore are effectively subordinated
to existing and future liabilities of subsidiaries of the Company, except to the
extent that the Subsidiary Guarantees may be enforceable by Holders of the Notes
against the Subsidiary Guarantors.

     Each of the  Company  and  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors  has  agreed  in the
Indenture that it will not Incur, directly or indirectly,  any Indebtedness that
is  subordinate  or  junior  in  ranking  in  right  of  payment  to its  Senior
Indebtedness   unless  such   Indebtedness   is,  among  other  things,   Senior

<PAGE>
                                       50

Subordinated  Indebtedness  or is expressly  subordinated in right of payment to
Senior  Subordinated  Indebtedness.  Unsecured  Indebtedness is not deemed to be
subordinated or junior to Secured Indebtedness merely because it is unsecured.

     The Company may not pay principal of,  premium (if any) or interest on, the
Notes  or  make  any  deposit   pursuant  to  the  provisions   described  under
"Defeasance" below and may not repurchase,  redeem or otherwise retire any Notes
(collectively,  "pay the  Notes") if (i) any amount of  principal,  interest  or
other payments due under the Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  has not been paid
when due and remains  outstanding or (ii) any other default on Designated Senior
Indebtedness  occurs and the maturity of such Designated Senior  Indebtedness is
accelerated in accordance with its terms unless, in either case, the default has
been  cured or  waived  and any such  acceleration  has been  rescinded  or such
Designated Senior Indebtedness has been paid in full.  However,  the Company may
pay the Notes  without  regard to the  foregoing  if the Company and the Trustee
receive  written notice  approving such payment from the  Representative  of the
Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  with respect to which either of the events set
forth in clause (i) or (ii) of the immediately  preceding  sentence has occurred
and is continuing.  During the  continuance of any default (other than a default
described in clause (i) or (ii) of the second  preceding  sentence) with respect
to any Designated Senior Indebtedness pursuant to which the maturity thereof may
be accelerated either immediately  without further notice (except such notice as
may be required  to effect  such  acceleration)  or upon the  expiration  of any
applicable  grace  periods,  the  Company  may not pay the Notes for a period (a
"Payment  Blockage  Period")  commencing upon the receipt by the Trustee (with a
copy to the  Company) of written  notice (a  "Blockage  Notice") of such default
from the  Representative of the holders of such Designated  Senior  Indebtedness
specifying an election to effect a Payment  Blockage  Period and ending 179 days
thereafter  (or earlier if such Payment  Blockage  Period is  terminated  (i) by
written  notice to the Trustee  and the  Company  from the Person or Persons who
gave such Blockage Notice, (ii) because the default giving rise to such Blockage
Notice is no longer  continuing  (solely as evidenced  by written  notice to the
Trustee by the  Representative  of such  Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  which
notice shall be promptly  delivered)  or (iii)  because such  Designated  Senior
Indebtedness has been repaid in full).  Notwithstanding the provisions described
in the immediately  preceding sentence (but subject to the provisions  described
in the first sentence of this paragraph),  unless the holders of such Designated
Senior  Indebtedness or the  Representative of such holders have accelerated the
maturity of such Designated Senior Indebtedness, the Company may resume payments
on the Notes after the end of such Payment Blockage Period.  The Notes shall not
be subject to more than one Payment  Blockage Period in any consecutive  360-day
period, irrespective of the number of defaults with respect to Designated Senior
Indebtedness during such period.

     Upon any payment or distribution of the assets of either the Company or any
Subsidiary  Guarantor  upon a total or partial  liquidation  or  dissolution  or
reorganization  of  or  similar  proceeding,  or  any  bankruptcy,   insolvency,
receivership  or  similar  proceeding,  relating  to either  the  Company or any
Subsidiary  Guarantor  or its  property  or an  assignment  for the  benefit  of
creditors  or  marshalling  of assets  and  liabilities  of the  Company  or any
Subsidiary Guarantor, the holders of Senior Indebtedness are entitled to receive
payment in full of such Senior  Indebtedness before the Noteholders are entitled
to receive any payment,  and until the Senior  Indebtedness is paid in full, any
payment or  distribution  to which  Noteholders  would be  entitled  but for the
subordination provisions of the Indenture will be made to holders of such Senior
Indebtedness as their interests may appear. If a payment or distribution is made
to Noteholders that, due to the subordination  provisions,  should not have been
made to them, such  Noteholders are required to hold it in trust for the holders
of Senior Indebtedness and pay it over to them as their interests may appear.

     If payment of the Notes is accelerated because of an Event of Default,  the
Company or the Trustee shall  promptly  notify the holders of Designated  Senior
Indebtedness or the Representative of such holders of the acceleration.

     By reason of the subordination  provisions  contained in the Indenture,  in
the event of insolvency,  creditors of the Company or a Subsidiary Guarantor who
are holders of Senior Indebtedness of the Company or such Subsidiary  Guarantor,

<PAGE>
                                       51


as the case may be,  may  recover  more,  ratably,  than  the  Noteholders,  and
creditors  of the Company or such  Subsidiary  Guarantor  who are not holders of
Senior  Indebtedness  may  recover  less,   ratably,   than  holders  of  Senior
Indebtedness and may recover more, ratably, than the Noteholders.

     The terms of the subordination provisions described above will not apply to
payments from money or the proceeds of U.S. Government Obligations held in trust
by the  Trustee  for the  payment  of  principal  of and  interest  on the Notes
pursuant to the provisions described under "-- Defeasance."

Change of Control

     Upon the  occurrence  of a Change of Control,  each Holder has the right to
require that the Company  repurchase all or any part of such Holder's Notes at a
purchase  price  in cash  equal to 101% of the  principal  amount  thereof  plus
accrued and unpaid  interest,  if any,  to the date of purchase  (subject to the
right of holders of record on the relevant  record date to receive  interest due
on the relevant interest payment date).

     Within 15 Business Days following any Change of Control,  the Company shall
mail a notice to the Trustee and to each  Holder  stating:  (i) that a Change of
Control has  occurred  and that such Holder has the right to require the Company
to purchase such Holder's Notes at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the
principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid  interest,  if any, to the date
of purchase  (subject to the right of holders of record on the  relevant  record
date to receive  interest  on the  relevant  interest  payment  date);  (ii) the
circumstances  and relevant facts  regarding  such Change of Control  (including
information  with  respect  to  pro  forma  historical  income,  cash  flow  and
capitalization  after  giving  effect  to such  Change  of  Control);  (iii) the
repurchase  date (which  shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days
from the date such notice is mailed);  and (iv) the  instructions  determined by
the Company,  consistent with the covenant  described  hereunder,  that a Holder
must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

     The  Company  shall  comply  in  all  material  respects,   to  the  extent
applicable,  with the  requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any
other  securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes
pursuant to the covenant described hereunder.  To the extent that the provisions
of any  securities  laws or  regulations  conflict  with the  provisions  of the
covenant  described  hereunder,  the Company  shall  comply with the  applicable
securities  laws and  regulations  and shall not be deemed to have  breached its
obligations under the covenant described hereunder by virtue thereof.

     Subject to the  limitations  discussed  below,  the Company  could,  in the
future, enter into certain transactions, including acquisitions, refinancings or
other recapitalizations, that would not constitute a Change of Control under the
Indenture,  but that could  increase the amount of  Indebtedness  outstanding at
such time or otherwise affect the Company's capital structure or credit ratings.
Restrictions on the ability of the Company to Incur additional  Indebtedness are
contained in the covenants  described under "-- Certain  Covenants -- Limitation
on  Indebtedness"  and "--  Limitation on  Indebtedness  and Preferred  Stock of
Restricted  Subsidiaries." Such restrictions can only be waived with the consent
of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then  outstanding.
Except for the limitations  contained in such covenants,  however, the Indenture
will not contain any covenants or provisions that may afford Holders  protection
in the event of a highly leveraged transaction.

     If a Change of Control  offer is made,  there can be no assurance  that the
Company will have available  funds  sufficient to pay the purchase price for all
of the Notes that might be delivered by Holders  seeking to accept the Change of
Control  offer.  The failure of the Company to make or consummate  the Change of
Control  offer or pay the purchase  price when due will give the Trustee and the
Holders the rights described under "-- Events of Default."

     The  existence  of a  Holder's  right to  require  the  Company to offer to
repurchase  such Holder's Notes upon a Change of Control may deter a third party
from  acquiring  the  Company in a  transaction  which  constitutes  a Change of
Control.

<PAGE>
                                       52

     The New Bank Credit Facility,  under certain  circumstances,  prohibits the
Company from purchasing any Notes prior to its expiration, and will also provide
that the  occurrence  of certain  change of control  events with  respect to the
Company would constitute a default thereunder.  In the event a Change of Control
occurs at a time when the  Company is  prohibited  from  purchasing  Notes,  the
Company  could (but is not  required  to) seek the consent of its lenders to the
purchase of Notes or could (but is not  required  to) attempt to  refinance  the
borrowings that contain such prohibition.  If the Company does not obtain such a
consent or repay such  borrowings,  the  Company  will  remain  prohibited  from
purchasing Notes. In such case, the Company's failure to purchase tendered Notes
would  constitute an Event of Default under the Indenture  which would, in turn,
constitute a default under the New Bank Credit Facility.  In such circumstances,
the  subordination  provisions in the Indenture would likely restrict payment to
the Holders of Notes.

     Future  Indebtedness  of  the  Company  may  contain  prohibitions  on  the
occurrence  of  certain  events  that  would  constitute  a Change of Control or
require such  Indebtedness to be repaid or repurchased upon a Change of Control.
Moreover,  the  exercise by the Holders of their right to require the Company to
repurchase the Notes could cause a default under such Indebtedness,  even if the
Change  of  Control  itself  does  not,  due to the  financial  effect  of  such
repurchase on the Company.  Finally,  the  Company's  ability to pay cash to the
Holders  following  the  occurrence of a Change of Control may be limited by the
Company's  then existing  financial  resources.  There can be no assurance  that
sufficient  funds  will  be  available  when  necessary  to  make  any  required
repurchases.  The  provisions  under the  Indenture  relating  to the  Company's
obligation to make an offer to  repurchase  the Notes as a result of a Change of
Control  may be waived or modified  with the  written  consent of each Holder of
Notes at the time outstanding.

Certain Covenants

     The Indenture contains covenants including, among others, the following:

Limitation on Indebtedness

     (a) The Company shall not Incur,  directly or indirectly,  any Indebtedness
(including Acquired  Indebtedness)  unless, on the date of such Incurrence,  and
after giving pro forma effect thereto,  (i) no Default or Event of Default shall
have occurred and be continuing  or would occur and (ii) the  Consolidated  Cash
Flow Coverage Ratio at the date of such issuance exceeds 2.0 to 1.0.

     (b)  Notwithstanding  clause  (a),  the  Company  may Incur  the  following
Indebtedness:  (i)  Indebtedness  Incurred  pursuant  to  the  Credit  Facility,
together with all Indebtedness  then outstanding and Incurred pursuant to clause
(i)  of "--  Limitation  on  Indebtedness  and  Preferred  Stock  of  Restricted
Subsidiaries"  below, not to exceed in outstanding  principal amount the greater
of (1) $500  million at any time  outstanding  and (2) the sum of (x) 80% of the
consolidated  book value of the net accounts  receivable  of the Company and (y)
50% of the consolidated book value of the inventory of the Company, in each case
determined  in accordance  with GAAP;  (ii)  Indebtedness  owed to and held by a
Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided,  however,  that any  subsequent  issuance  or
transfer of any Capital  Stock that results in such  Subsidiary  ceasing to be a
Restricted  Subsidiary,  or any transfer of such  Indebtedness  (other than to a
Restricted  Subsidiary)  shall  be  deemed,  in each  case,  to  constitute  the
Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company; (iii) the Notes and the Exchange
Notes; (iv) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clause (i), (ii),
or (iii) above) outstanding on the Issue Date; (v) any Refinancing  Indebtedness
in respect of  Indebtedness  Incurred  pursuant to paragraph  (a) or pursuant to
clause (iii), (iv) or (viii) or this clause (v) or pursuant to clause (v) of the
covenant  described under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness  and Preferred Stock of
Restricted  Subsidiaries" below; (vi) obligations of the Company pursuant to (A)
Interest Rate  Protection  Agreements in respect of  Indebtedness of the Company
that is permitted by the terms of the Indenture to be  outstanding to the extent
the notional  principal  amount of such obligation does not exceed the aggregate
principal  amount of the  Indebtedness  to which such Interest  Rate  Protection
Agreements  relate,  (B) Currency  Agreement  Obligations  in respect of foreign
exchange  exposures  Incurred  by the  Company  in the  ordinary  course  of its
business and (C) commodity  agreements of the Company to the extent entered into
in the ordinary  course of business to protect the Company from  fluctuations in

<PAGE>
                                       53

the prices of raw materials  used in its  business;  (vii)  Indebtedness  of the
Company  consisting of obligations  in respect of purchase price  adjustments in
connection  with the  acquisition or disposition of assets by the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  permitted  under the  Indenture;  (viii)  Capital  Lease
Obligations,  Purchase  Money  Indebtedness  and Acquired  Indebtedness  (to the
extent not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation  of,
the relevant  transaction) in an aggregate  principal amount,  together with the
principal  amount  of  Indebtedness  Incurred  pursuant  to  clause  (ix) of "--
Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted  Subsidiaries," not
exceeding $15 million at any one given time outstanding; (ix) performance bonds,
surety  bonds,  insurance  obligations  or  bonds  and  other  similar  bonds or
obligations  incurred  by  the  Company  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business
consistent  with past practice;  (x) Floor Plan  Guarantees;  (xi)  Indebtedness
Incurred  pursuant to the terms of the  outstanding  Common  Stock  Appreciation
Rights, as such terms are in effect on the Issue Date; and (xii) Indebtedness in
an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the
Company  then  outstanding  (other than  Indebtedness  permitted  by clauses (i)
through (xi) of this Section or clause (a)) does not exceed $5 million (less the
amount of any Subsidiary  Indebtedness  and Preferred Stock then outstanding and
Incurred  pursuant  to  clause  (xii)  of "--  Limitation  on  Indebtedness  and
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries").

     (c) Except to the extent that such Indebtedness is permitted to be incurred
pursuant to Sections (a) and (b) above and the  provisions of "--  Limitation on
Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted  Subsidiaries," the Company shall
not, and shall not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to, Incur any  Indebtedness
if the proceeds  thereof are used,  directly or  indirectly,  to repay,  prepay,
redeem, defease, retire, refund or refinance any Subordinated Obligations unless
such Indebtedness shall be subordinated to the Notes or the relevant  Subsidiary
Guarantee,  as  applicable,  to at least the same  extent  as such  Subordinated
Obligations.

     (d) For purposes of determining  compliance with the covenants entitled "--
Limitation on  Indebtedness"  and "-- Limitation on  Indebtedness  and Preferred
Stock of  Restricted  Subsidiaries,"  in the event that an item of  Indebtedness
meets  the  criteria  of more than one of the  types of  Indebtedness  described
above,  the  Company,  in its  sole  discretion,  will  classify  such  item  of
Indebtedness  and  only be  required  to  include  the  amount  and type of such
Indebtedness in one of the above clauses.

     (e) For purposes of determining amounts of Indebtedness under the covenants
entitled "-- Limitation on Indebtedness"  and "-- Limitation on Indebtedness and
Preferred  Stock  of  Restricted  Subsidiaries,"   Indebtedness  resulting  from
security  interests granted with respect to Indebtedness  otherwise  included in
the determination of Indebtedness,  and Guarantees (and security  interests with
respect   thereof)  of,  or  obligations  with  respect  to  letters  of  credit
supporting, Indebtedness otherwise included in the determination of Indebtedness
shall not be included in the determination of Indebtedness.

     (f) Indebtedness of any Person which is outstanding at the time such Person
becomes a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company  (including upon  designation of
any subsidiary or other person as a Restricted  Subsidiary) or is merged with or
into or consolidated with the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company
shall be deemed to have been  Incurred  at the time such Person  becomes  such a
Restricted Subsidiary of the Company or merged with or into or consolidated with
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company, as applicable.

Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

     The Company shall not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary to Incur,  directly
or indirectly,  any  Indebtedness  or Preferred  Stock (except that a Subsidiary
Guarantor shall be permitted to issue Preferred Stock) except:  (i) Indebtedness
Incurred pursuant to the Credit Facility,  together with the aggregate amount of
all  Indebtedness  then  outstanding  and issued  pursuant  to clause  (b)(i) of
"Limitation  on  Indebtedness"  above,  not to exceed in  outstanding  principal
amount the greater of (1) $500 million at any time  outstanding  and (2) the sum
of (x) 80% of the consolidated book value of the net accounts  receivable of the
Company  and (y) 50% of the  consolidated  book  value of the  inventory  of the
Company,  in each case determined in accordance with GAAP; (ii)  Indebtedness or
Preferred  Stock issued to and held by the Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary;
provided,  however,  that (A) any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital

<PAGE>
                                       54


Stock that results in any such Subsidiary ceasing to be a Restricted  Subsidiary
or (B) any subsequent  transfer of such  Indebtedness  or Preferred Stock (other
than to the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary)  shall be deemed, in each case,
to constitute  the  Incurrence of such  Indebtedness  or Preferred  Stock by the
issuer  thereof;  (iii)  Acquired  Indebtedness  (to the extent not  Incurred in
connection  with,  or  in  anticipation  or   contemplation   of,  the  relevant
transaction) of such Restricted Subsidiary; provided that after giving effect to
the Incurrence of such Acquired  Indebtedness,  the Company could incur $1.00 of
Indebtedness pursuant to clause (a) under "-- Limitation on Indebtedness";  (iv)
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock (other than any described in clause (i), (ii) or
(iii)) outstanding on the Issue Date; (v) Refinancing  Indebtedness  Incurred in
respect of Indebtedness or Preferred Stock referred to in clause (iii),  (iv) or
(x) or this clause (v); provided,  however,  that to the extent such Refinancing
Indebtedness Refinances Acquired Indebtedness or Preferred Stock of a Restricted
Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary,  such Refinancing Indebtedness
shall be Incurred only by such  Restricted  Subsidiary;  (vi)  Obligations  of a
Restricted  Subsidiary  pursuant to (A) Interest Rate  Protection  Agreements in
respect of  Indebtedness  of the Restricted  Subsidiary that is permitted by the
terms of the Indenture to be  outstanding  to the extent the notional  principal
amount of such obligation does not exceed the aggregate  principal amount of the
Indebtedness  to which such  Interest Rate  Protection  Agreements  relate,  (B)
Currency Agreement Obligations in respect of foreign exchange exposures Incurred
by the  Restricted  Subsidiary  in the  ordinary  course of its business and (C)
commodity agreements of the Restricted  Subsidiary to the extent entered into in
the  ordinary  course of  business  to protect the  Restricted  Subsidiary  from
fluctuations  in the  prices  of raw  materials  used  in  its  business;  (vii)
Indebtedness consisting of the Subsidiary Guarantees; (viii) Indebtedness of any
Restricted  Subsidiary  consisting of  Obligations  in respect of purchase price
adjustments in connection  with the  acquisition or disposition of assets by any
Restricted  Subsidiary  permitted  under  the  Indenture;   (ix)  Capital  Lease
Obligations,  Purchase  Money  Indebtedness  and Acquired  Indebtedness  (to the
extent not Incurred in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation  of,
the  relevant  transaction)  in an  aggregate  principal  amount not  exceeding,
together with the principal amount of Indebtedness  Incurred  pursuant to clause
(viii) of "--  Limitation  on  Indebtedness,"  $15 million at any one given time
outstanding; (x) performance bonds, surety bonds, insurance obligations or bonds
and other similar bonds or  obligations  incurred by a Restricted  Subsidiary in
the ordinary course of business  consistent with past practice;  (xi) Floor Plan
Guarantees; and (xii) Indebtedness and Preferred Stock in an aggregate principal
amount  which,  together  with any  other  Indebtedness  or  Preferred  Stock of
Restricted  Subsidiaries then outstanding  (other than Indebtedness or Preferred
Stock  permitted by clauses (i) through (xi) of this Section) does not exceed $5
million  (less the amount of any  Indebtedness  then  outstanding  and  Incurred
pursuant to clause (b)(xii) of "-- Limitation on Indebtedness").

Limitation on Liens Securing Subordinated Indebtedness

     The Company will not,  and will not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,
create,  Incur,  assume or suffer  to exist  any Liens of any kind  (other  than
Permitted Liens) upon any of their respective  assets or properties now owned or
acquired  after the date of the  Indenture  or any income or  profits  therefrom
securing (i) any Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary which is
expressly  by its terms  subordinate  or junior in right of payment to any other
Indebtedness of the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be,
unless the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary  Guarantee,  as the case may be, are
equally and  ratably  secured  for so long as such  Indebtedness  is so secured;
provided that, if such Indebtedness  which is expressly by its terms subordinate
or junior in right of  payment  to any other  Indebtedness  of the  Company or a
Restricted  Subsidiary  is expressly  subordinate  or junior to the Notes or the
relevant Subsidiary  Guarantee,  as the case may be, then the Lien securing such
subordinated or junior  Indebtedness shall be subordinate and junior to the Lien
securing the Notes or the  relevant  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  as the case may be,
with the same  relative  priority as such  subordinated  or junior  Indebtedness
shall have with respect to the Notes or the relevant  Subsidiary  Guarantee,  as
the case may be or (ii) any  assumption,  guarantee  or other  liability  of the
Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  in respect  of any  Indebtedness  of the
Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary which is expressly by its terms  subordinate
or junior in right of payment to any other  Indebtedness  of the Company or such
Restricted Subsidiary, unless the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as
the case may be, are equally and ratably secured for so long as such assumption,
guaranty or other liability is so secured;  provided that, if such  subordinated
Indebtedness  which is expressly by its terms  subordinate or junior in right of
payment to any other  Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary is

<PAGE>
                                       55


expressly  by its terms  subordinate  or  junior  to the  Notes or the  relevant
Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be, then the Lien securing the assumption,
guarantee or other liability of such Subsidiary  shall be subordinate and junior
to the Lien securing the Notes or the relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case
may be,  with  the  same  relative  priority  as  such  subordinated  or  junior
Indebtedness  shall have with  respect to the Notes or the  relevant  Subsidiary
Guarantee, as the case may be.

Limitation on Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness

     The Company will not,  and will not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to,
create,  Incur,  assume,  guarantee  or in any other manner  become  liable with
respect  to any  Indebtedness  that is  subordinate  in right of  payment to any
Senior  Indebtedness  of the Company or any such Restricted  Subsidiary,  unless
such  Indebtedness  (i) has a maturity date subsequent to the Stated Maturity of
the Notes and an  Average  Life  longer  than that of the Notes and (ii) is also
pari  passu  with,  or  subordinate  in right of  payment  to,  the Notes or the
relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as the case may be.

Limitation on Restricted Payments

     (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary
to,  directly  or  indirectly,  (i)  declare  or pay any  dividend  or make  any
distribution  on or in respect of its Capital  Stock  (including  any payment in
connection  with any merger or  consolidation  involving  the Company) or to the
direct or indirect  holders of its  Capital  Stock in their  capacities  as such
(except  dividends or distributions  payable solely in Capital Stock (other than
Disqualified  Stock) or in  options,  warrants or other  rights to purchase  its
Capital  Stock  (other  than   Disqualified   Stock)  and  except  dividends  or
distributions  payable to the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary (and, if the
Restricted   Subsidiary   making  such  dividends  or   distributions   has  any
stockholders  other than the Company or another Restricted  Subsidiary,  to such
stockholders  on no more  than a pro  rata  basis,  measured  by  value)),  (ii)
purchase,  redeem or otherwise  acquire or retire for value any Capital Stock of
the Company,  any Restricted  Subsidiary or any other  Affiliate of the Company,
(iii) purchase,  repurchase,  redeem, defease or otherwise acquire or retire for
value,  prior to scheduled  maturity,  scheduled  repayment or scheduled sinking
fund  payment,  any  Subordinated   Obligations  or  (iv)  make  any  Restricted
Investment (any such dividend, distribution,  purchase, redemption,  repurchase,
defeasance, other acquisition, retirement or Investment being herein referred to
as a  "Restricted  Payment")  if at the  time  the  Company  or such  Restricted
Subsidiary makes such Restricted Payment:  (1) a Default shall have occurred and
be  continuing  (or would  result  therefrom);  or (2) the Company  would not be
permitted to issue an additional  $1.00 of  Indebtedness  pursuant to clause (a)
under "--  Limitation  on  Indebtedness"  after  giving pro forma effect to such
Restricted  Payment;  or (3) the aggregate amount of such Restricted Payment and
all other Restricted  Payments since the date on which the Notes were originally
issued would exceed the sum of: (A) 50% of the  Consolidated  Net Income accrued
during the period  (treated as one accounting  period) from the beginning of the
first  full  fiscal  quarter  commencing  after the date on which the Notes were
originally  issued  to the end of the  most  recent  fiscal  quarter  for  which
financial  statements  are available (or, in case such  Consolidated  Net Income
shall be a deficit,  minus 100% of such  deficit) and (B) the aggregate Net Cash
Proceeds received by the Company from (x) the issue or sale of its Capital Stock
(other  than  Disqualified  Stock)  subsequent  to the Issue Date (other than an
issuance or sale to a Subsidiary or an employee stock  ownership plan or similar
trust in the  benefit of  employees)  and (y) the issue or sale  (other  than an
issuance or sale to a Subsidiary or an employee stock  ownership plan or similar
trust in the benefit of employees) after the Issue Date of Disqualified Stock or
debt  securities  that have been converted or exchanged in accordance with their
terms for Capital Stock of the Company (other than Disqualified  Stock), in each
case to the extent such proceeds are not used to redeem,  repurchase,  retire or
otherwise  acquire  Capital  Stock or any  Indebtedness  of the  Company  or any
Restricted Subsidiary or to make any Investment pursuant to clause (viii) of the
definition of "Permitted Investment."

     (b) The  provisions  of  clauses  (2)  and (3) of  Section  (a)  shall  not
prohibit:  (1) any  purchase  or  redemption  of Capital  Stock or  Subordinated
Obligations  of the Company made by exchange  for, or out of the proceeds of the
substantially  concurrent  sale or  issuance  of,  Capital  Stock of the Company
(other than Disqualified  Stock and other than Capital Stock issued or sold to a

<PAGE>
                                       56


Subsidiary or an employee stock ownership plan); provided, however, that the Net
Cash  Proceeds  from such sale shall be excluded  from clause  (3)(B) of Section
(a); (2) dividends  paid within 60 days after the date of declaration if at such
date of  declaration  such dividend  would have  complied  with this  provision;
provided,  however,  that such dividend shall be deducted in the  calculation of
the amount of Restricted Payments available to be made referred to in clause (3)
of Section (a) above;  (3) the  repurchase  of shares of, or options to purchase
shares  of,  Capital  Stock  of the  Company  or any  of its  Subsidiaries  from
employees, former employees, directors or former directors of the Company or any
of  its  Subsidiaries  (or  permitted  transferees  of  such  employees,  former
employees,  directors  or  former  directors),  pursuant  to  the  terms  of the
agreements  (including  employment  agreements) or plans (or amendments thereto)
approved by the Board of Directors under which such individuals purchase or sell
or are  granted the option to  purchase  or sell,  shares of such common  stock;
provided, however, that the aggregate amount of any repurchases pursuant to this
clause  (3) and any  purchases  pursuant  to clause  (4) below  shall not exceed
$500,000 per year or $3.5  million in the  aggregate on or after the Issue Date;
(4)  provided  that no  Default or Event of Default  shall have  occurred  or be
continuing  at the time of such  payment or after  giving  effect  thereto,  the
purchase  by the  Company of shares of its common  stock (for not more than fair
market  value) in connection  with the delivery of such stock to grantees  under
any stock  option  plan  (upon the  exercise  by such  grantees  of their  stock
options) or any other deferred  compensation plan of the Company approved by the
Board  of  Directors;  provided,  however,  that  the  aggregate  amount  of any
purchases pursuant to this clause (4) and any repurchases pursuant to clause (3)
above shall not exceed  $500,000 per year or $3.5 million in the aggregate on or
after the Issue Date; (5) the redemption,  purchase,  retirement or other payoff
of  any   Subordinated   Obligations   with  the  proceeds  of  any  Refinancing
Indebtedness  permitted to be incurred  pursuant to the terms of clauses  (b)(v)
and (v), respectively, of the covenants described under "-- Certain Covenants --
Limitation on  Indebtedness"  and "-- Limitation on  Indebtedness  and Preferred
Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries";  and (6) provided that no Default or Event of
Default  shall have  occurred or be  continuing  at the time of such  payment or
after giving effect thereto,  other  Restricted  Payments in an aggregate amount
not to  exceed  $10  million;  provided,  however,  that such  payment  shall be
deducted in the calculation of the amount of Restricted Payments available to be
made referred to in clause (3) of Section (a) above.

Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions from Restricted Subsidiaries

     The Company shall not, and shall not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary to,
directly  or  indirectly,  create or permit  to exist or  become  effective  any
encumbrance or  restriction  on the ability of any Restricted  Subsidiary to (i)
pay  dividends  or make any other  distributions  on its  Capital  Stock or with
respect to any other interest or  participation  in, or measured by, its profits
to the  Company or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  or pay any  Indebtedness  or other
obligation owed to the Company or a Restricted  Subsidiary,  (ii) make any loans
or advances to the Company or any other Restricted  Subsidiary or (iii) transfer
any of its property or assets to the Company or any other Restricted Subsidiary,
except for such encumbrances or restrictions  existing under or by reason of (a)
the  Credit  Facility  as in  effect  on the  Issue  Date,  and any  amendments,
restatements, renewals, replacements or refinancings thereof; provided, however,
that such amendments,  restatements,  renewals, replacements or refinancings are
no more restrictive with respect to such dividend and other payment restrictions
than those contained in the Credit Facility (or, if more restrictive, than those
contained  in  the  Indenture)   immediately   prior  to  any  such   amendment,
restatement,  renewal,  replacement or refinancing,  (b) applicable law, (c) any
instrument  governing  Indebtedness  or  Capital  Stock  of an  Acquired  Person
acquired by the Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  as in effect at
the  time of such  acquisition  (except  to the  extent  such  Indebtedness  was
incurred in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition);  provided,
however,  that (1) such  restriction  is not  applicable  to any Person,  or the
properties or assets of any Person,  other than the Acquired Person, and (2) the
consolidated  net income of an  Acquired  Person  for any  period  prior to such
acquisition  shall  not be  taken  into  account  in  determining  whether  such
acquisition  was  permitted  by the  terms of the  Indenture,  (d) by  reason of
customary  non-assignment  provisions in leases or other agreements entered into
the ordinary course of business and consistent with past practices, (e) Purchase
Money Indebtedness for property acquired in the ordinary course of business that
only impose  restrictions on the property so acquired,  (f) an agreement for the
sale  or  disposition  of  the  Capital  Stock  or  assets  of  such  Restricted
Subsidiary;  provided, however, that such restriction is only applicable to such
Restricted  Subsidiary or assets,  as  applicable,  and such sale or disposition
otherwise is permitted  under "--  Limitation on Sales of Assets and  Subsidiary
Stock" below; provided,  further,  however, that such restriction or encumbrance
shall be  effective  only for a period from the  execution  and delivery of such
agreement  through  a  termination  date not  later  than 270  days  after  such

<PAGE>
                                       57

execution and delivery,  or (g)  Refinancing  Indebtedness  permitted  under the
Indenture;  provided, however, that the restrictions contained in the agreements
governing such Refinancing Indebtedness are no more restrictive in the aggregate
than  those  contained  in  the  agreements  governing  the  Indebtedness  being
refinanced immediately prior to such refinancing. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
neither (a)  customary  provisions  restricting  subletting or assignment of any
lease  entered into in the ordinary  course of  business,  consistent  with past
practice,  nor  (b)  Liens  permitted  under  the  Indenture,  shall  in  and of
themselves  be  considered  a  restriction  on the  ability  of  the  applicable
Restricted Subsidiary to transfer such agreements or assets, as the case may be.

Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock

     (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary
to,  make any  Asset  Disposition  unless  (i) the  Company  or such  Restricted
Subsidiary receives consideration at the time of such Asset Disposition at least
equal to the fair  market  value,  as  determined  in good faith by the Board of
Directors  (including  as to the value of all  non-cash  consideration),  of the
shares and assets  subject  to such  Asset  Disposition  and at least 75% of the
consideration thereof received by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary,  as
the case may be, is in the form of cash or Cash Equivalents,  and (ii) an amount
equal to 100% of the Net Available  Cash from such Asset  Disposition is applied
by the Company (or such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  as the case may be) (A) first,
(x) to the extent the Company  elects (or is required by the terms of any Senior
Indebtedness),  to prepay,  repay or purchase Senior Indebtedness of the Company
within 360 days of such Asset Disposition,  (y) at the Company's election to the
investment  by the Company or any Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary  or such  Restricted
Subsidiary  in  long-term  assets to replace the assets that were the subject of
such Asset Disposition or a long-term asset that (as determined in good faith by
the Board of Directors)  is directly  related to the business of the Company and
the Restricted  Subsidiaries existing on the Issue Date, in each case within 360
days  from the  date of such  Asset  Disposition,  or (z) a  combination  of the
foregoing  purposes within such 360-day period; (B) second, to the extent of the
balance of such Net Available Cash after  application in accordance  with clause
(A),  to make a pro rata  offer to  purchase  Notes at par (and,  to the  extent
required  by the  instrument  governing  such  Indebtedness,  any  other  Senior
Subordinated  Indebtedness designated by the Company, at a price no greater than
par) plus  accrued  and unpaid  interest,  and (C)  third,  to the extent of the
balance of such Net Available Cash after  application in accordance with clauses
(A) and (B), for general corporate  purposes  otherwise not prohibited under the
Indenture; provided, however, that in connection with any prepayment,  repayment
or purchase of Indebtedness  pursuant to clause (A) or (B) above, the Company or
such  Subsidiary  shall  retire such  Indebtedness  and cause the  related  loan
commitment  (if  any)  to be  permanently  reduced  in an  amount  equal  to the
principal amount so prepaid, repaid or purchased.  Notwithstanding the foregoing
provisions of this Section,  the Company and its Restricted  Subsidiaries  shall
not be required to apply any Net Available Cash in accordance  with this Section
except  to the  extent  that the  aggregate  Net  Available  Cash from all Asset
Dispositions  which are not applied in accordance  with this Section exceeds $10
million.  Pending  application  of Net Available  Cash pursuant to this Section,
such Net Available Cash shall be used to temporarily reduce Senior  Indebtedness
or invested in Cash Equivalents.

     For the purposes of this  covenant,  the  following is deemed to be cash or
Cash  Equivalents:  the  express  assumption  of  Indebtedness  (other  than any
Indebtedness  that is by its terms  subordinated to the Notes) of the Company or
any  Restricted  Subsidiary,  but only to the  extent  that such  assumption  is
effected on a basis  under which there is no further  recourse to the Company or
any of the Restricted Subsidiaries with respect to such liabilities

     (b) In the event of an Asset  Disposition that requires the purchase of the
Notes (and other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness) pursuant to clause (a)(ii)(B)
above,  the Company will be required to purchase Notes  tendered  pursuant to an
offer by the Company for the Notes (and,  to the extent  required,  other Senior
Subordinated Indebtedness) at a purchase price of 100% of their principal amount
(without premium) plus accrued but unpaid interest (or, in respect of such other
Senior Subordinated Indebtedness,  such lesser price, if any, as may be provided
for by the terms of such Senior  Subordinated  Indebtedness)  in accordance with
the procedures  (including prorating in the event of oversubscription) set forth
in the Indenture which shall include,  among other things,  that the offer shall
remain  open for 20  Business  Days  following  commencement.  If the  aggregate

<PAGE>
                                       58

purchase  price  of  Notes  (and,  to the  extent  required,  any  other  Senior
Subordinated  Indebtedness) tendered pursuant to such offer is less than the Net
Available Cash allotted to the purchase thereof, the Company will be required to
apply the  remaining Net Available  Cash in  accordance  with clause  (a)(ii)(C)
above. The Company shall not be required to make such an offer to purchase Notes
(and other Senior  Subordinated  Indebtedness)  pursuant to this covenant if the
Net Available  Cash  available  therefor is less than $10 million  (which lesser
amount  shall be carried  forward for  purposes of  determining  whether such an
offer is required with respect to any subsequent Asset Disposition).

     (c)  The  Company  shall  comply,  to  the  extent  applicable,   with  the
requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other  securities laws
or  regulations  in connection  with the  repurchase  of Notes  pursuant to this
covenant.  To  the  extent  that  the  provisions  of  any  securities  laws  or
regulations conflict with provisions of this covenant,  the Company shall comply
with the applicable  securities  laws and regulations and shall not be deemed to
have breached its obligations under this clause by virtue thereof.

Limitation on Affiliate Transactions.

     (a) The Company shall not, and shall not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary
to,  directly or indirectly,  conduct any business or enter into any transaction
or series of  similar  transactions  (including  the  purchase,  sale,  lease or
exchange of any asset or  property or the  rendering  of any  service)  with any
Affiliate of the Company (other than any employee  stock  ownership plan for the
benefit of the  Company's or a  Restricted  Subsidiary's  employees)  unless the
terms of such business,  transaction or series of transactions are (i) set forth
in writing,  (ii) as favorable to the Company or such  Restricted  Subsidiary as
terms that  would be  obtainable  at the time for a  comparable  transaction  or
series of similar  transactions in arms' length dealings with an unrelated third
Person  and  (iii) a  majority  of the  disinterested  members  of the  Board of
Directors  have, by  resolution,  determined in good faith that such business or
transaction  or series of  transactions  meets  the  criteria  set forth in (ii)
above; provided,  however, that if such transaction involves an amount in excess
of $10  million,  the Company  shall also obtain  from a  nationally  recognized
independent  investment  banking firm,  accounting  firm or appraisal  firm with
experience  in evaluating  the terms and  conditions of such type of business or
transactions an opinion that such  transaction is fair from a financial point of
view to the Company or its Restricted Subsidiary,  as the case may be; provided,
further,  however,  that the  provisions  of both  clause  (iii)  above  and the
preceding proviso shall not apply with respect to any such business, transaction
or series of transactions  between the Company or any Subsidiary  Guarantor,  on
the one hand, and any Restricted Subsidiary,  on the other hand, which business,
transaction or series of  transactions is entered into in the ordinary course of
business.

     (b) The  provisions of the  foregoing  paragraph (a) shall not prohibit (i)
any Restricted  Payment permitted to be made pursuant to the covenant  described
under "--  Limitation  on Restricted  Payments,"  or any payment or  transaction
specifically  excepted  from the  definition  of  Restricted  Payment,  (ii) any
issuance of securities,  or other payments, awards or grants in cash, securities
or otherwise  pursuant  to, or the funding of,  employment  arrangements,  stock
options  and  stock  ownership  plans  entered  into in the  ordinary  course of
business  and  approved by a majority of the entire  Board of  Directors or by a
majority of the disinterested members of the Board of Directors or a majority of
the entire board of directors or a majority of the disinterested  members of the
board of  directors of the relevant  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (iii) the grant of
stock options or similar  rights to employees  and  directors  pursuant to plans
approved by a majority of the entire  Board of Directors or by a majority of the
disinterested  members of the Board of  Directors  or a  majority  of the entire
board of  directors or a majority of the  disinterested  members of the board of
directors  of the  relevant  Restricted  Subsidiary,  (iv) loans or  advances to
officers,  directors or employees  in the ordinary  course of business,  (v) the
payment of  reasonable  fees to  directors  of the  Company  and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries   who  are  not   employees  of  the  Company  or  its   Restricted
Subsidiaries,   (vi)  any  Affiliate  transaction  between  the  Company  and  a
Subsidiary  Guarantor,  between  Subsidiary  Guarantors,  or between  Restricted
Subsidiaries (neither of which is a Subsidiary Guarantor), (vii) indemnification
or insurance  provided to officers or directors of the Company or any Subsidiary
approved in good faith by the Board of Directors; (viii) payment of compensation

<PAGE>
                                       59

and  benefits  to  directors,  officers  and  employees  of the  Company and its
Subsidiaries  approved  in good  faith by the Board of  Directors;  and (ix) the
purchase of or the payment of  Indebtedness  of or monies owed by the Company or
any of its Restricted Subsidiaries for goods or materials purchased, or services
received, in the ordinary course of business.

Limitation on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries

     The Company  shall not sell or otherwise  dispose of any Capital Stock of a
Restricted Subsidiary, and shall not permit any Restricted Subsidiary,  directly
or indirectly, to issue or sell or otherwise dispose of any of its Capital Stock
except (i) to the Company or a Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary,  (ii) if,  immediately
after giving effect to such  issuance,  sale or other  disposition,  neither the
Company nor any of its  Subsidiaries  own any Capital  Stock of such  Restricted
Subsidiary,  (iii) Preferred Stock of a Subsidiary Guarantor, or (iv) directors'
qualifying shares.

Merger and Consolidation

     The  Company  shall  not,  in a single  transaction  or a series of related
transactions,  consolidate  with or merge with or into,  or convey,  transfer or
lease all or substantially all its assets (computed on a consolidated basis) to,
any Person or group of affiliated Persons, unless: (i) the resulting,  surviving
or  transferee  Person shall be the Company or, if not the  Company,  shall be a
corporation  organized  and  existing  under  the laws of the  United  States of
America,  any  State  thereof  or  the  District  of  Columbia  (the  "Successor
Company"),  and such Successor  Company shall expressly  assume, by an indenture
supplemental  to the Indenture,  executed and delivered to the Trustee,  all the
obligations  of the  Company  under  the  Notes  and  this  Indenture  (and  the
Subsidiary   Guarantees   shall  be  confirmed  as  applying  to  such  Person's
obligations);  (ii) at the time of and  immediately  after giving effect to such
transaction or transactions on a pro forma basis (and treating any  Indebtedness
which becomes an obligation of the resulting,  surviving or transferee Person or
any  Subsidiary as a result of such  transaction as having been Incurred by such
Person or such Subsidiary at the time of such transaction),  no Default or Event
of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; (iii) immediately after giving
effect to such transaction, the resulting,  surviving or transferee Person would
be able to Incur at least $1.00 of  Indebtedness  pursuant to Section (a) of the
"--  Limitation on  Indebtedness";  and (iv) the Company shall have delivered to
the  Trustee  an  Officers'  Certificate  and  if a  supplemental  indenture  is
required, an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger or
transfer and such supplemental indenture (if any) comply with the Indenture.

     The  Successor  Company  shall be the  successor  to the  Company and shall
succeed to, and be  substituted  for, and may exercise every right and power of,
the Company under the Indenture,  and the predecessor  company, in the case of a
conveyance,  transfer or lease, shall be released from the obligation to pay the
principal of and interest on the Notes.

     For purposes of the foregoing, the transfer (by lease, assignment,  sale or
otherwise) of all or  substantially  all of the  properties and assets of one or
more   Subsidiaries,   the  Company's  interest  in  which  constitutes  all  or
substantially all of the properties and assets of the Company shall be deemed to
be the transfer of all or substantially  all of the properties and assets of the
Company.

     The Company will not permit any Subsidiary Guarantor to consolidate with or
merge with or into, or convey, transfer or lease, in one transaction or a series
of transactions,  all or substantially  all of its assets to, any Person unless:
(i) the  resulting,  surviving  or  transferee  Person shall be the Company or a
Subsidiary  Guarantor  or, if not the  Company or such a  Subsidiary  Guarantor,
shall be a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the jurisdiction
under which such Subsidiary was organized or under the laws of the United States
of America,  or any State  thereof or the District of Columbia,  and such Person
shall expressly assume, by executing a Subsidiary Guarantee, all the obligations
of such  Subsidiary,  if any, under its Subsidiary  Guarantee;  (ii) immediately
after giving effect to such  transaction  or  transactions  on a pro forma basis
(and treating any  Indebtedness  which  becomes an obligation of the  resulting,
surviving or transferee  Person as a result of such  transaction  as having been
issued by such Person at the time of such  transaction),  no Default or Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing;  (iii)  immediately  after giving

<PAGE>
                                       60

effect to such transaction, the Company would be able to Incur at least $1.00 of
Indebtedness  pursuant  to the "--  Limitation  on  Indebtedness";  and (iv) the
Company  delivers  to the  Trustee an  Officers'  Certificate  and an Opinion of
Counsel,  each  stating  that such  consolidation,  merger or transfer  and such
Subsidiary  Guarantee,  if any,  complies with the Indenture.  The provisions of
clauses  (i),  (ii)  and  (iii)  above  shall  not  apply  to any  one  or  more
transactions which constitute (a) an Asset Disposition subject to the applicable
provisions of the covenant described under "-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and
Subsidiary  Stock"  above  or (b)  the  grant  of any  Lien on the  assets  of a
Restricted  Subsidiary to secure  outstanding Bank  Indebtedness,  which Lien is
otherwise permitted by the terms of the Indenture, or any conveyance or transfer
of such  assets  resulting  from an  exercise of remedies in respect of any such
Lien.

     Notwithstanding  the  foregoing,  the  Company  may merge with or into,  or
convey,  transfer  or lease  all or  substantially  all of its  assets  to,  any
Subsidiary  Guarantor,  and a Subsidiary  Guarantor  may merge with or into,  or
convey,  transfer or lease all or substantially  all of its assets to, any other
Subsidiary Guarantor or the Company.

     The phrase  "all or  substantially  all" of the assets of the  Company or a
Subsidiary  Guarantor will likely be interpreted  under applicable state law and
will be dependent upon particular facts and  circumstances.  As a result,  there
may be a degree of  uncertainty  in  ascertaining  whether a sale or transfer of
"all  or  substantially  all"  of the  assets  of the  Company  or a  Subsidiary
Guarantor has occurred.

Future Subsidiary Guarantors

     The Indenture provides that the Company and each Subsidiary Guarantor shall
cause each Restricted  Subsidiary of the Company organized or existing under the
laws of the United States,  any state thereof or the District of Columbia of the
Company  which,  after  the  date of the  Indenture  (if not  then a  Subsidiary
Guarantor),  becomes a Restricted Subsidiary to execute and deliver an indenture
supplemental  to the Indenture and thereby become a Subsidiary  Guarantor  which
shall be bound by the Subsidiary Guarantee of the Notes in the form set forth in
the  Indenture  (without  such future  Subsidiary  Guarantor  being  required to
execute and deliver the Subsidiary  Guarantee endorsed on the Notes);  provided,
however,  that no Subsidiary  meeting the requirements of this sentence which is
an  Inactive  Subsidiary  shall be  required  to become a  Subsidiary  Guarantor
hereunder unless and until such date as such Subsidiary no longer is an Inactive
Subsidiary  (at which date such  Subsidiary  shall,  if required by the terms of
this  sentence,  become a  Subsidiary  Guarantor).  In addition,  the  Indenture
provides that the Company will not permit any Restricted  Subsidiary that is not
a Subsidiary Guarantor to Guarantee any other Indebtedness of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor unless such Restricted Subsidiary simultaneously executes a
supplemental  indenture  to the  Indenture  providing  for the  Guarantee of the
payment  of the Notes by such  Restricted  Subsidiary,  which  Guarantee  of the
payment  of the Notes  shall be  subordinated  to the  Guarantee  of such  other
Indebtedness  to the same extent as the Notes or the Subsidiary  Guarantees,  as
applicable, are subordinated to such other Indebtedness; provided, however, that
such Restricted  Subsidiary shall not be required to so Guarantee the payment of
the Notes to the extent that such other  Indebtedness does not exceed $1 million
individually  or,  together  with any other  Indebtedness  of the Company or any
Subsidiary Guarantor Guaranteed by such Restricted Subsidiary, $3 million in the
aggregate.  Such  Restricted  Subsidiary  shall  be  deemed  released  from  its
obligations  under the  Guarantee  of the  payment of the Notes at any such time
that such Restricted  Subsidiary is released from all of its  obligations  under
its Guarantee of such other  Indebtedness  unless such release  results from the
payment under such Guarantee of other Indebtedness.

Limitation on Lines of Business

     The Indenture provides that neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries
or  Unrestricted  Subsidiaries  shall  directly  or  indirectly  engage  to  any
substantial  extent in any line or lines of  business  activity  other than that
which, in the reasonable  good faith  judgement of the Board of Directors,  is a
Related Business.

<PAGE>
                                       61

Limitation on Designations of Unrestricted Subsidiaries

     The Indenture provides that the Company may designate any Subsidiary of the
Company  (other than a Subsidiary  Guarantor)  as an  "Unrestricted  Subsidiary"
under the Indenture (a "Designation") only if:

     (i) no Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing  at the time of or
after giving effect to such Designation; and

     (ii) either (x) the Company's Investment in such Subsidiary does not exceed
$1,000 or (y) the Company  would be  permitted  under the  Indenture  to make an
Investment  at the  time of  Designation  (assuming  the  effectiveness  of such
Designation)  in an amount (the  "Designation  Amount") equal to the fair market
value of the Company's Investment in such Subsidiary on such date.

     In the event of any such  Designation,  the Company shall be deemed to have
made an Investment  constituting a Restricted  Payment  pursuant to the covenant
described  under "-- Limitation on Restricted  Payments" for all purposes of the
Indenture in the Designation Amount. The Indenture will further provide that the
Company  shall not, and shall not permit any  Restricted  Subsidiary  to, at any
time (a) provide credit support for, or a guarantee of, any  Indebtedness of any
Unrestricted  Subsidiary  (including  any  undertaking,  agreement or instrument
evidencing  such  Indebtedness),  (b) be directly or  indirectly  liable for any
Indebtedness of any  Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  or (c) be directly or indirectly
liable for any  Indebtedness  which  provides that the holder  thereof may (upon
notice,  lapse of time or both)  declare a default  thereon or cause the payment
thereof to be accelerated or payable prior to its final scheduled  maturity upon
the occurrence of a default with respect to any Indebtedness of any Unrestricted
Subsidiary  (including  any  right  to  take  enforcement  action  against  such
Unrestricted  Subsidiary),  except to the extent  permitted  under the  covenant
described under "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments."

     The Indenture  further provides that the Company may revoke any Designation
of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary (a "Revocation") if:

     (i) no Default  shall have  occurred and be  continuing  at the time of and
after giving effect to such Revocation; and

     (ii) all Liens and Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary outstanding
immediately following such Revocation would, if Incurred at such time, have been
permitted to be Incurred for all purposes of the  Indenture and for all purposes
of the Indenture shall be deemed to have been Incurred at such time.

     All  Designations  and  Revocations  must  be  evidenced  by  an  Officers'
Certificate  delivered  to  the  Trustee  attaching  a  certified  copy  of  the
resolutions  of the Board of  Directors  giving  effect to such  Designation  or
Revocation,  as  applicable,   and  certifying  compliance  with  the  foregoing
provisions.

     Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Subsidiary that is a Subsidiary Guarantor
as of the Issue Date shall be permitted to become an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

SEC Reports

     Notwithstanding  that the Company may not be required to remain  subject to
the  reporting  requirements  of Section 13 or 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act,  the
Company  shall file with the SEC and  provide  within 15 days to the Trustee and
Noteholders  such  annual  reports  and such  information,  documents  and other
reports  as are  specified  in  Sections  13 and 15(d) of the  Exchange  Act and
applicable to a U.S.  corporation  subject to such Sections,  such  information,
documents and other  reports to be so filed and provided at the times  specified
for the filing of such  information,  documents and reports under such Sections;
provided that prior to the  consummation  of the Exchange Offer and the issuance
of the Exchange Notes,  the Company will mail to the Trustee and the Noteholders
substantially  the same  information  that  would  have  been  required  by such
Sections.

<PAGE>
                                       62

Defaults

     An Event of Default is  defined  in the  Indenture  as (i) a default in the
payment of interest on the Notes when due, continued for 30 days (whether or not
prohibited by the subordination provisions of the Indenture),  (ii) a default in
the  payment  of  principal  of any Note when due at its Stated  Maturity,  upon
optional  redemption,  upon required  repurchase,  upon declaration or otherwise
(whether or not prohibited by the  subordination  provisions of the  Indenture),
(iii) the  failure  by the  Company  to comply  with its  obligations  under "--
Certain  Covenants -- Merger and  Consolidation"  above, (iv) the failure by the
Company to comply for 30 days after  notice with any of its  obligations  in the
covenants  described  above under  "Change of Control"  (other than a failure to
purchase Notes) or under "-- Certain  Covenants -- Limitation on  Indebtedness,"
"-- Limitation on Indebtedness and Preferred Stock of Restricted  Subsidiaries,"
"-- Limitation on Liens Securing  Subordinated  Indebtedness," "-- Limitation on
Other Senior Subordinated Indebtedness," "-- Limitation on Restricted Payments,"
"-- Limitation on Restrictions on Distributions  from Restricted  Subsidiaries,"
"-- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" (other than a failure to
purchase the Notes),  "-- Limitation on Affiliate  Transactions," "-- Limitation
on the Sale or Issuance of Capital Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries," "-- Future
Subsidiary   Guarantors,"   "--  Limitation  on   Designations  of  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries," or "-- SEC Reports," (v) the failure by the Company to comply for
60 days  after  notice  with its other  covenants,  obligations,  warranties  or
agreements  contained in the Indenture,  (vi) Indebtedness of the Company or any
Significant  Subsidiary  is not paid within any  applicable  grace  period after
final maturity or is accelerated by the Holders thereof because of a default and
the total amount of such Indebtedness  unpaid or accelerated exceeds $10 million
(the  "cross  acceleration  provision"),  (vii)  certain  events of  bankruptcy,
insolvency or reorganization  of the Company or any Significant  Subsidiary (the
"bankruptcy  provisions"),  (viii) any  judgment  or decree  for the  payment of
money,  the  portion of which is not  covered by  insurance  is in excess of $10
million,  which is rendered  against the  Company or any  Subsidiary  and is not
discharged  and either (A) an  enforcement  proceeding has been commenced by any
creditor  upon  such  judgment  or  decree  or (B)  there is a period of 60 days
following such judgment  during which such judgment or decree is not discharged,
waived or the execution thereof stayed (including  pending appeal),  or (ix) any
Subsidiary Guarantee by a Significant  Subsidiary ceases to be in full force and
effect or becomes  unenforceable  or invalid or is declared null and void (other
than in accordance with the terms of the Subsidiary  Guarantee or the Indenture)
or  any  Subsidiary  Guarantor  that  is  a  Significant  Subsidiary  denies  or
disaffirms its obligations under its Subsidiary Guarantee.

     However,  a default under clause (iv), (v) or (viii) will not constitute an
Event of Default until the Trustee or the Holders of 25% in principal  amount of
the outstanding Notes notify the Company of the default and the Company does not
cure such default within the time specified after receipt of such notice.

     If an Event of Default  (other than the bankruptcy  provisions  relating to
the Company)  occurs and is  continuing,  the Trustee or the Holders of at least
25% in principal  amount of the  outstanding  Notes may declare the principal of
and accrued but unpaid  interest  on all the Notes to be due and  payable.  Upon
such a  declaration,  such  principal  and  interest  shall  be due and  payable
immediately;  provided, however, that for so long as the Credit Facility remains
in effect,  such declaration shall not become effective until the earlier of (i)
five Business Days  following  delivery of notice to the Senior Credit  Facility
Representative of the intention to accelerate the Notes or (ii) the acceleration
of any Indebtedness  under the Credit Facility.  If an Event of Default relating
to the bankruptcy  provisions  relating to the Company occurs and is continuing,
the  principal  of and  interest on all the Notes will ipso facto  become and be
immediately  due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of
the  Trustee or any  Holders.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  Holders of a
majority  in  principal  amount of the  outstanding  Notes may  rescind any such
acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences.

     Subject to the  provisions of the  Indenture  relating to the duties of the
Trustee, in case an Event of Default occurs and is continuing,  the Trustee will
be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of the  rights  or  powers  under the
Indenture at the request or direction of any of the Holders  unless such Holders
have offered to the Trustee  reasonable  indemnity or security against any loss,
liability  or  expense.  Except to  enforce  the  right to  receive  payment  of
principal, premium (if any) or interest when due, no Holder of a Note may pursue
any remedy with respect to the Indenture or the Notes unless (i) such Holder has

<PAGE>
                                       63

previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing, (ii)
Holders  of at least 25% in  principal  amount  of the  outstanding  Notes  have
requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy,  (iii) such Holders have offered the
Trustee reasonable security or indemnity against any loss, liability or expense,
(iv) the Trustee has not  complied  with such  request  within 60 days after the
receipt  thereof and the offer of security or indemnity and (v) the Holders of a
majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee
a direction inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period. Subject to
certain  restrictions,  the  Holders of a majority  in  principal  amount of the
outstanding  Notes are given the right to direct  the time,  method and place of
conducting  any  proceeding  for  any  remedy  available  to the  Trustee  or of
exercising any trust or power  conferred on the Trustee.  The Trustee,  however,
may refuse to follow any direction  that  conflicts with law or the Indenture or
that the Trustee  reasonably  determines is unduly  prejudicial to the rights of
any other Holder or that would involve the Trustee in personal liability.

     The Indenture  provides that if a Default  occurs and is continuing  and is
known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder notice of the Default
within 90 days after it occurs.  Except in the case of a Default in the  payment
of principal of or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold  notice if and
so long as the board of directors, the executive committee or a committee of its
trust officers  reasonably  determines  that  withholding  notice is in the best
interest of the Holders. In addition,  the Company is required to deliver to the
Trustee,  within  120 days  after the end of each  fiscal  year,  a  certificate
regarding  knowledge  of  the  Company's   compliance  with  all  covenants  and
conditions  under the Indenture.  The Company also is required to deliver to the
Trustee,  within 30 days after the  occurrence  thereof,  written  notice of any
event which would constitute certain Defaults,  their status and what action the
Company is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof.

Amendments and Waivers

     Subject to  certain  exceptions,  the  Indenture  may be  amended  with the
consent  of the  Holders  of a majority  in  principal  amount of the Notes then
outstanding  (including  consents  obtained in connection with a tender offer or
exchange for the Notes) and, subject to certain exceptions,  any past default or
compliance  with any  provisions  may also be  waived  with the  consent  of the
Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

     Without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note affected thereby,
no amendment may (i) reduce the amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an
amendment  or waiver,  (ii) reduce the rate of or extend the time for payment of
interest  on any Note,  (iii)  reduce  the  principal  of or extend  the  Stated
Maturity of any Note, (iv) reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any
Note or change the time at which any Note may be redeemed as described under "--
Optional Redemption" above or alter the provisions  (including  definitions) set
forth under "Change of Control"  above in a manner  adverse to the Holders,  (v)
make any Note  payable in money or payable in a place  other than that stated in
the Note, (vi) impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of
and  interest on such  Holder's  Notes on or after the due dates  therefor or to
institute  suit for the  enforcement  of any payment on or with  respect to such
Holder's Notes, (vii) make any change in the amendment  provisions which require
each Holder's consent or in the waiver provisions, (viii) make any change to the
subordination  provisions  (including  definitions)  of the Indenture that would
adversely  affect  the  Holders,  or (ix)  make  any  change  in any  Subsidiary
Guarantee that would adversely affect the Holders.

     Without the  consent of any  Holder,  the Company and the Trustee may amend
the  Indenture to cure any  ambiguity,  omission,  defect or  inconsistency,  to
provide for the assumption by a successor  corporation of the obligations of the
Company under the Indenture,  to provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to
or in place of certificated  Notes (provided that the  uncertificated  Notes are
issued in  registered  form for purposes of Section  163(f) of the Code, or in a
manner such that the uncertificated  Notes are described in Section 163(f)(2)(B)
of the Code),  to add guarantees with respect to the Notes, to secure the Notes,
to add to the  covenants  of the  Company  for the  benefit of the Holders or to
surrender any right or power conferred upon the Company, to make any change that
does not  adversely  affect  the  rights of any  Holder  or to  comply  with any
requirement  of the SEC in connection  with the  qualification  of the Indenture
under  the  Trust  Indenture  Act.  However,  no  amendment  may be  made to the
subordination  provisions of the Indenture that adversely  affects the rights of

<PAGE>
                                       64

any Holder of Senior  Indebtedness  of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary
then  outstanding  unless the  Holders  of such  Senior  Indebtedness  (or their
Representative) consent to such change.

     The consent of the Holders is not necessary  under the Indenture to approve
the particular form of any proposed amendment.  It is sufficient if such consent
approves the substance of the proposed amendment.

     After an amendment under the Indenture  becomes  effective,  the Company is
required to mail to Holders a notice briefly describing such amendment. However,
the failure to give such notice to all Holders, or any defect therein,  will not
impair or affect the validity of the amendment.

Transfer

     The registered  holder of a Note will be treated as the owner of it for all
purposes.  The Notes will be issued in registered  form and will be transferable
only upon the  surrender  of the Notes being  transferred  for  registration  of
transfer.  The Company may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax,
assessment  or other  governmental  charge  payable in  connection  with certain
transfers and exchanges.

Defeasance

     The Company at its option at any time may terminate all of its  obligations
under the Notes and the  Indenture  ("legal  defeasance"),  except  for  certain
obligations,  including,  but not limited to, those  respecting  the  defeasance
trust and  obligations  to register  the  transfer or exchange of the Notes,  to
replace mutilated,  destroyed,  lost or stolen Notes and to maintain a registrar
and paying agent in respect of the Notes. In addition, the Company at its option
at any time may  terminate its  obligations  under "Change of Control" and under
the covenants  described under "-- Certain  Covenants"  (other than the covenant
described under "-- Merger and Consolidation")  (and any omission to comply with
such obligations shall not constitute a Default or Event of Default with respect
to the  Notes),  and the  limitations  contained  in  clause  (iii) of the first
paragraph  under "--  Certain  Covenants  --  Merger  and  Consolidation"  above
("covenant defeasance"). In the event that a covenant defeasance occurs, certain
events (not including  non-payment,  bankruptcy and insolvency events) described
under "-- Defaults" will no longer  constitute Events of Default with respect to
the Notes.

     The Company may exercise its legal defeasance  option  notwithstanding  its
prior exercise of its covenant  defeasance  option. If the Company exercises its
legal defeasance option,  payment of the Notes may not be accelerated because of
an Event of Default with respect thereto.

     In order to exercise either defeasance option, the Company must irrevocably
deposit  in  trust  (the  "defeasance  trust")  with the  Trustee  money or U.S.
Government Obligations in such amounts as will be sufficient, in the report of a
nationally  recognized  firm of independent  public  accountants or a nationally
recognized  investment  banking  firm,  to pay and  discharge  the principal of,
premium,  if any,  and  interest  on the  outstanding  Notes  to  redemption  or
maturity,  as the case may be, and must comply with  certain  other  conditions,
including  delivery  to the  Trustee of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that
Holders will not recognize income,  gain or loss for Federal income tax purposes
as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to Federal income
tax on the same  amount  and in the same  manner  and at the same times as would
have been the case if such deposit and  defeasance had not occurred (and, in the
case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling
of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable Federal income tax
law).

     If the funds  deposited  with the  Trustee to effect  legal  defeasance  or
covenant  defeasance are insufficient to pay the principal of, premium,  if any,
and interest on the Notes when due,  then the  obligations  of the Company under
the  Indenture  will be revived  and no such  defeasance  will be deemed to have
occurred.

<PAGE>
                                       65

Concerning the Trustee

     United  States Trust Company of New York is the Trustee under the Indenture
and has been  appointed by the Company as Registrar and Paying Agent with regard
to the Notes. Such bank may also act as a depository of funds for, or make loans
to and perform other services for, the Company or its Affiliates in the ordinary
course of business in the future.

     The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have
the right to direct the time,  method and place of conducting any proceeding for
exercising any remedy available to the Trustee,  subject to certain  exceptions.
The Indenture  provides  that if an Event of Default  occurs (and is not cured),
the Trustee will be required, in the exercise of its power, to use the degree of
care of a  prudent  man in the  conduct  of his  own  affairs.  Subject  to such
provisions,  the Trustee  will be under no  obligation  to  exercise  any of its
rights or powers  under the  Indenture  at the  request  of any Holder of Notes,
unless such Holder  shall have  offered to the Trustee  security  and  indemnity
satisfactory  to it against any loss,  liability or expense and then only to the
extent  required  by the terms of the  Indenture.  The Trustee may resign at any
time or may be removed by the  Company.  If the Trustee  resigns,  is removed or
becomes  incapable of acting as Trustee or if a vacancy  occurs in the office of
the Trustee for any cause, a successor  Trustee shall be appointed in accordance
with the provisions of the Indenture.

     If the  Trustee  has or shall  acquire a  conflicting  interest  within the
meaning of the Trust  Indenture  Act, the Trustee  shall either  eliminate  such
interest or resign,  to the extent and in the manner provided by, and subject to
the provisions of, the Trust Indenture Act and the Indenture. The Indenture also
contains certain  limitations on the right of the Trustee,  as a creditor of the
Company,  to obtain payment of claims in certain cases, or to realize on certain
property received by it in respect of any such claims, as security or otherwise.

Governing Law

     The Indenture  provides that it, the  Guarantees and the Notes are governed
by, and construed in accordance  with, the laws of the State of New York without
giving  effect to  applicable  principles of conflicts of law to the extent that
the application of the law of another jurisdiction would be required thereby.

Certain Definitions

     "Acquired  Indebtedness"  means  Indebtedness  of a  Person  or  any of its
Subsidiaries  (the  "Acquired  Person")  (i)  existing  at the time such  Person
becomes  a  Restricted  Subsidiary  of the  Company  or at the time it merges or
consolidates  with the  Company or any of its  Restricted  Subsidiaries  or (ii)
assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person.

     "Affiliate"  of any  specified  Person  means (i) any other  Person  which,
directly or  indirectly,  is in control of, is  controlled by or is under common
control with such specified Person or (ii) any other Person who is a director or
officer (A) of such  specified  Person,  (B) of any subsidiary of such specified
Person or (C) any Person  described  in clause (i) above.  For  purposes of this
definition,  control of a Person means the power, direct or indirect,  to direct
or cause the direction of the  management and policies of such Person whether by
contract or otherwise and the terms "controlling" and "controlled" have meanings
correlative to the foregoing.

     "Asset  Disposition" means any sale, lease,  transfer,  conveyance or other
disposition (or series of related sales,  leases,  transfers or dispositions) by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,  including any disposition by means of
a merger or consolidation  (each referred to for the purposes of this definition
as a  "disposition"),  of (i)  any  shares  of  Capital  Stock  of a  Restricted
Subsidiary  (other  than  directors'  qualifying  shares or shares  required  by
applicable  law to be held by a Person  other than the  Company or a  Restricted
Subsidiary), (ii) all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of
business of the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary or (iii) any other assets
of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  outside of the ordinary  course of

<PAGE>
                                       66

business of the Company or such Restricted  Subsidiary  (other than, in the case
of (i), (ii) and (iii) above,  a disposition  by a Restricted  Subsidiary to the
Company  or  by  the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  to a  Wholly  Owned
Subsidiary;  provided, however, that each of (a) the consummation of any sale or
series  of  related  sales  of  assets  or  properties  of the  Company  and the
Restricted Subsidiaries by the Company and any Restricted Subsidiaries having an
aggregate  fair market  value of less than $1 million in any fiscal year and (b)
the discounting of accounts receivable or the sale of inventory, in each case in
the ordinary course of business, shall not be deemed an Asset Disposition.

     "Average Life" means, as of the date of determination,  with respect to any
Indebtedness or Preferred Stock,  the quotient  obtained by dividing (i) the sum
of the products of numbers of years from the date of  determination to the dates
of  each  successive   scheduled  principal  payment  of  such  Indebtedness  or
redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by
the amount of such payment by (ii) the sum of all such payments.

     "Bank Indebtedness" means (i) the Indebtedness outstanding or arising under
the Credit Facility up to a maximum  principal amount of $500 million,  (ii) all
obligations  and other amounts owing to the holders of such  Indebtedness or any
agent or representative thereof outstanding or arising under the Credit Facility
(including,  but not limited to,  interest  (including  interest  accruing on or
after the  filing of any  petition  in  bankruptcy,  reorganization  or  similar
proceeding relating to the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,  whether or not
a claim  for such  interest  is  allowed  in such  proceeding),  fees,  charges,
indemnities, expense reimbursement obligations and other claims under the Credit
Facility),  and (iii) all Hedging  Obligations  arising in connection  therewith
with any party to the Credit Facility.

     "Board of  Directors"  means the Board of  Directors  of the Company or any
committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board.

     "Business Day" means each day which is not a Legal Holiday.

     "Capital  Lease  Obligations"  of a Person  means any  obligation  which is
required to be classified  and accounted for as a capital lease on the face of a
balance  sheet of such Person  prepared in accordance  with GAAP;  the amount of
such  obligation  shall  be  the  capitalized  amount  thereof,   determined  in
accordance with GAAP; and the Stated  Maturity  thereof shall be the date of the
last payment of rent or any other  amount due under such capital  lease prior to
the first date upon which such  lease may be  terminated  by the lessee  without
payment of a penalty.

     "Capital Stock" of any Person means any and all shares,  interests,  rights
to  purchase,  warrants,  options,  participations  or other  equivalents  of or
interests in (however designated) equity of such person, including any Preferred
Stock,  but excluding any debt securities  convertible  into or exchangeable for
such equity.

     "Cash  Equivalents"  means (i) marketable direct  obligations issued by, or
unconditionally  guaranteed  by, the United  States  Government or issued by any
agency thereof and backed by the full faith and credit of the United States,  in
each case maturing  within one year from the date of acquisition  thereof;  (ii)
marketable  direct  obligations  issued  by any  state of the  United  States of
America  or  any  political   subdivision  of  any  such  state  or  any  public
instrumentality  thereof  maturing  within one year from the date of acquisition
thereof and, at the time of  acquisition,  having one of the two highest ratings
obtainable from either  Standard & Poor's Rating  Services or Moody's  Investors
Service,  Inc.;  (iii)  commercial paper maturing no more than one year from the
date of creation thereof and, at the time of acquisition,  having a rating of at
least A-1 from  Standard & Poor's  Rating  Services or at least P-1 from Moody's
Investors  Service,  Inc.; (iv) certificates of deposit or bankers'  acceptances
maturing within one year from the date of acquisition  thereof issued by (x) any
bank  organized  under the laws of the  United  States of  America  or any state
thereof or the  District  of Columbia or (y) a  commercial  banking  institution
organized  and located in a country  recognized by the United States of America,
in each case  having at the date of  acquisition  thereof  combined  capital and
surplus  of not less than $200  million  (or the  foreign  currency  equivalents
thereof); (v) repurchase obligations with a term of not more than seven days for
underlying  securities  of the types  described in clause (i) above entered into

<PAGE>
                                       67

with any bank meeting the  qualifications  specified in clause (iv) above;  (vi)
investments in money market funds which invest substantially all their assets in
securities  of the types  described in clauses (i) through (v) above;  and (vii)
other  short-term  investments  utilized by foreign  Restricted  Subsidiaries in
accordance  with normal  investment  practices for cash management not exceeding
$1.0 million in aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time.

     "Cash  Flow" for any  period  means the  Consolidated  Net  Income for such
period,  plus the following (but without  duplication) to the extent deducted in
calculating  such  Consolidated  Net  Income  for such  period:  (i)  income tax
expense,  (ii) Consolidated  Interest Expense,  (iii)  depreciation  expense and
amortization expense,  provided that consolidated  depreciation and amortization
expense of a  Subsidiary  that is not a Wholly  Owned  Subsidiary  shall only be
added to the extent of the equity interest of the Company in such Subsidiary and
(iv) all other non-cash  charges (other than any recurring  non-cash  charges to
the extent such charges represent an accrual of or reserve for cash expenditures
in any  future  period).  Notwithstanding  clause  (iv)  above,  there  shall be
deducted  from Cash Flow in any period any cash  expended  in such  period  that
funds a  non-recurring,  non-cash  charge  accrued or reserved in a prior period
which was added back to Cash Flow pursuant to clause (iv) in such prior period.

     "Change of Control" means the occurrence of any of the following events:

     (i) any  "person" or "group" (as such terms are used in Sections  13(d) and
14(d) of the  Exchange  Act) is or becomes the  beneficial  owner (as defined in
Rules  13d-3 and 13d-5 under the  Exchange  Act,  except that a Person  shall be
deemed to have beneficial ownership of all shares that such Person has the right
to acquire,  whether  such right is  exercisable  immediately  or only after the
passage of time),  directly or indirectly,  of more than 40% of the total voting
power of the Voting  Stock of the  Company,  whether as a result of  issuance of
securities of the Company, any merger, consolidation, liquidation or dissolution
of the Company, any direct or indirect transfer of securities or otherwise.

     (ii) (A)  another  corporation  merges  into  the  Company  or the  Company
consolidates  with or merges  into any  other  corporation,  or (B) the  Company
conveys,  transfers or leases all or substantially all its assets (computed on a
consolidated  basis) to any person or group,  in one  transaction or a series of
transactions  other than any  conveyance,  transfer or lease between the Company
and a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, in each case in one transaction or
a series of related  transactions  with the effect that  either (x)  immediately
after such  transaction any person or entity or group (as so defined) of persons
or entities  (other than a Permitted  Holder)  shall have become the  beneficial
owner of securities of the surviving corporation of such merger or consolidation
representing  a  majority  of the  combined  voting  power  of  the  outstanding
securities of the surviving  corporation  ordinarily having the right to vote in
the  election  of  directors  or (y) the  securities  of the  Company  that  are
outstanding  immediately  prior to such  transaction and which represent 100% of
the combined voting power of the securities of the Company ordinarily having the
right to vote in the  election of directors  are changed  into or exchanged  for
cash,  securities  or  property,   unless  pursuant  to  such  transaction  such
securities  are  changed  into  or  exchanged  for,  in  addition  to any  other
consideration,   securities  of  the  surviving   corporation   that   represent
immediately after such  transaction,  at least a majority of the combined voting
power of the securities of the surviving corporation ordinarily having the right
to vote in the election of directors; or

     (iii) during any period of two  consecutive  years,  individuals who at the
beginning  of such  period  constituted  the Board of  Directors  of the Company
(together  with any new directors  whose  election by such Board of Directors or
whose nomination for election by the shareholders of the Company was approved by
a vote of 60% of the  directors  of the  Company  then  still in office who were
either directors at the beginning of such period or whose election or nomination
for election was  previously  so approved)  cease for any reason to constitute a
majority of the Board of Directors of the Company then in office.

     The phrase "all or  substantially  all" of the assets of the  Company  will
likely be  interpreted  under  applicable  state law and will be dependent  upon
particular  facts  and  circumstances.  As a  result,  there  may be a degree of
uncertainty in ascertaining  whether a sale or transfer of "all or substantially
all" of the assets of the Company has occurred.

     "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

<PAGE>
                                       68

     "Common  Stock  Appreciation  Rights"  means up to  1,000,000  common stock
appreciation   rights  issued  on  May  9,  1995  pursuant  to  a  Common  Stock
Appreciation  Rights  Agreement  between  the Company  and United  States  Trust
Company of New York, as agent.

     "Consolidated  Cash Flow  Coverage  Ratio" as of any date of  determination
means the ratio of (i) the  aggregate  amount of Cash Flow for the period of the
most recent four consecutive fiscal quarters for which financial  statements are
available to (ii)  Consolidated  Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters;
provided,  however,  that (1) if the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary  has
issued  any  Indebtedness  since  the  beginning  of such  period  that  remains
outstanding  or if the  transaction  giving  rise to the need to  calculate  the
Consolidated  Cash Flow Coverage Ratio is an issuance of Indebtedness,  or both,
Cash Flow and Consolidated  Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated
after  giving  effect  on a pro  forma  basis  to such  Indebtedness  as if such
Indebtedness  had been issued on the first day of such period and the  discharge
of any other Indebtedness repaid, repurchased,  defeased or otherwise discharged
with the proceeds of such new  Indebtedness as if such discharge had occurred on
the first day of such  period,  (2) if since the  beginning  of such  period the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary shall have made any Asset Disposition,  the
Cash Flow for such period  shall be reduced by an amount  equal to the Cash Flow
(if positive) directly  attributable to the assets which are the subject of such
Asset  Disposition for such period,  or increased by an amount equal to the Cash
Flow  (if  negative),   directly  attributable  thereto  for  such  period,  and
Consolidated  Interest  Expense  for such  period  shall be reduced by an amount
equal  to  the  Consolidated  Interest  Expense  directly  attributable  to  any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  repaid,  repurchased,
defeased or otherwise  discharged with respect to the Company and its continuing
Restricted  Subsidiaries  in connection  with such Asset  Dispositions  for such
period (or, if the  Capital  Stock of any  Restricted  Subsidiary  is sold,  the
Consolidated  Interest  Expense for such  period  directly  attributable  to the
Indebtedness  of such  Restricted  Subsidiary  to the extent the Company and its
continuing  Restricted  Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such  Indebtedness
after such sale),  (3) if since the  beginning of such period the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in
any Restricted Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Restricted  Subsidiary)
or an acquisition of assets (including Capital Stock of a Subsidiary), including
any acquisition of assets  occurring in connection with a transaction  causing a
calculation to be made hereunder,  Cash Flow and  Consolidated  Interest Expense
for such  period  shall be  calculated  after  giving pro forma  effect  thereto
(including  the  issuance  of  any   Indebtedness)  as  if  such  Investment  or
acquisition  occurred  on the  first  day of such  period,  and (4) if since the
beginning  of such  period any Person  (that  subsequently  became a  Restricted
Subsidiary or was merged with or into the Company or any  Restricted  Subsidiary
since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition or any
Investment that would have required an adjustment  pursuant to clause (2) or (3)
above if made by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary during such period, Cash
Flow and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after
giving  pro forma  effect  thereto as if such Asset  Disposition  or  Investment
occurred  on the first day of such  period.  For  purposes  of this  definition,
whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount
of income or earnings relating thereto, and the amount of Consolidated  Interest
Expense associated with any Indebtedness issued in connection therewith, the pro
forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible  financial
or accounting Officer of the Company.  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate
of  interest  and is  being  given  pro  forma  effect,  the  interest  of  such
Indebtedness  shall be calculated as if the average interest rate for the period
up to the date of  determination  had been the  applicable  rate for the  entire
period (taking into account any Interest Rate Protection Agreement applicable to
such  Indebtedness  if such Interest Rate  Protection  Agreement has a remaining
term in excess of 12 months).  For  purposes of this  definition,  whenever  pro
forma effect is to be given to any Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to a revolving
credit facility the amount outstanding under such Indebtedness shall be equal to
the average of the amount  outstanding during the period commencing on the first
day of the first of the four most recent  fiscal  quarters  for which  financial
statements are available and ending on the date of determination.

     "Consolidated  Interest Expense" means, for any period,  the total interest
expense of the Company and its consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  plus, to
the extent not included in such interest  expense but Incurred by the Company or
its  Restricted  Subsidiaries,  (i)  interest  expense  attributable  to capital
leases,  (ii) amortization of debt discount,  (iii) capitalized  interest,  (iv)

<PAGE>
                                       69

original  issue  discount  and  non-cash  interest  payments  or  accruals,  (v)
commissions,  discounts  and other fees and charges owed with respect to letters
of credit  and  bankers'  acceptance  financing,  (vi) net costs  under  Hedging
Obligations (including  amortization of fees), (vii) dividends in respect of all
Disqualified  Stock  held by  Persons  other  than  the  Company,  a  Subsidiary
Guarantor or a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary,  (viii) interest Incurred in connection
with  investments in discontinued  operations,  (ix) the interest portion of any
deferred  payment  obligations  constituting  Indebtedness,  and  (x)  the  cash
contributions  to any  employee  stock  ownership  plan or similar  trust to the
extent such contributions are used by such plan or trust to pay interest or fees
to any Person (other than the Company) in connection with Indebtedness  Incurred
by such  plan or  trust.  For  purposes  of this  definition,  interest  expense
attributable to any  Indebtedness  represented by the guarantee  (other than (a)
Guarantees permitted by the terms of clauses (b)(x) and (xi),  respectively,  of
the  covenants   described   under  "--  Certain   Covenants  --  Limitation  on
Indebtedness"  and  "--  Limitation  on  Indebtedness  and  Preferred  Stock  of
Restricted  Subsidiaries" and (b) Guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness of a
consolidated Restricted Subsidiary or by a consolidated Restricted Subsidiary of
the Company or another consolidated  Restricted  Subsidiary) by such person or a
Subsidiary of such person of an obligation of another  person shall be deemed to
be the interest expense attributable to the Indebtedness guaranteed.

     "Consolidated Net Income" means, for any period,  the net income or loss of
the Company and its consolidated  Subsidiaries;  provided,  however,  that there
shall not be included in such Consolidated Net Income:

     (i)  any net  income  of any  Person  if such  Person  is not a  Restricted
Subsidiary,  except that (A) the Company's  equity in the net income of any such
Person for such period shall be included in such  Consolidated  Net Income up to
the  aggregate  amount of cash actually  distributed  by such Person during such
period  to the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary  as a  dividend  or  other
distribution  (subject,  in the case of a dividend  or other  distribution  to a
Restricted  Subsidiary,  to the limitations contained in clause (iii) below) and
(B) the Company's  equity in a net loss of any such Person for such period shall
be included in determining such Consolidated Net Income;

     (ii) any net income of any Person  acquired by the Company or a  Subsidiary
in a pooling of interests  transaction  for any period prior to the date of such
acquisition;

     (iii)  any net  income  of any  Restricted  Subsidiary  if such  Restricted
Subsidiary is subject to restrictions, directly or indirectly, on the payment of
dividends  or the  making  of  distributions  by such  Subsidiary,  directly  or
indirectly,  to the  Company,  except that (A) the  Company's  equity in the net
income of any such  Restricted  Subsidiary  for such period shall be included in
such  Consolidated  Net  Income  up to the  aggregate  amount  of cash  actually
distributed by such Restricted  Subsidiary  during such period to the Company or
another Restricted  Subsidiary as a dividend or other distribution  (subject, in
the case of a dividend or other distribution to another  Restricted  Subsidiary,
to the  limitation  contained in this clause) and (B) the Company's  equity in a
net loss of any such Restricted  Subsidiary for such period shall be included in
determining such Consolidated Net Income;

     (iv) any gain or loss  realized upon the sale or other  disposition  of any
property,  plant or  equipment of the Company or its  consolidated  subsidiaries
(including pursuant to any sale and leaseback  arrangement) which is not sold or
otherwise  disposed of in the  ordinary  course of business and any gain or loss
realized upon the sale or other disposition of any Capital Stock of any Person;

     (v)  all   extraordinary,   unusual  or   non-recurring   gains,   and  any
extraordinary or  non-recurring  loss as recorded on the statement of operations
in accordance with GAAP; and

     (vi) the cumulative effect of a change in accounting principles.


     "Credit  Facility"  means a  collective  reference  to any  term  loan  and
revolving credit facilities (including, but not limited to, the credit agreement
to be entered into by and among the  Company,  certain of its  subsidiaries  and
certain financial  institutions  providing for an aggregate $500 million of term
loan and revolving credit facilities),  including any related notes, guarantees,
collateral   documents,   instruments  and  agreements  executed  in  connection
therewith,  as such credit  facilities  and/or related  documents may be further

<PAGE>
                                       70

amended,  restated,  supplemented,  renewed, replaced or otherwise modified from
time to time whether or not with the same agent, trustee, representative lenders
or holders, and irrespective of any changes in the terms and conditions thereof.
Without  limiting the  generality of the foregoing,  the term "Credit  Facility"
shall include agreements in respect of reimbursement of letters of credit issued
pursuant to the Credit Facility and agreements in respect of Hedging Obligations
with lenders party to the Credit  Facility and shall also include any amendment,
amendment and  restatement,  renewal,  extension,  restructuring,  supplement or
modification to any Credit Facility and all refunding, refinancings (in whole or
in part) and  replacements of any Credit  Facility,  including any agreement (i)
extending the maturity of any Indebtedness  incurred  thereunder or contemplated
thereby, or (ii) adding or deleting borrowers or guarantors thereunder,  so long
as borrowers and issuers  include one or more of the Company and its  Restricted
Subsidiaries and their respective successors and assigns.

     "Currency Agreement  Obligations" means the obligations of any person under
a foreign exchange contract,  currency swap agreement or other similar agreement
or arrangement to protect such person against fluctuations in currency values.

     "Default"  means any event which is, or after  notice or passage of time or
both would be, an Event of Default.

     "Depository"  means The Depository  Trust  Company,  its nominees and their
respective successors.

     "Designated Senior Indebtedness" means (i) so long as any Bank Indebtedness
is outstanding, such Bank Indebtedness and (ii) provided no Bank Indebtedness is
outstanding (or if Bank Indebtedness is outstanding,  to the extent permitted by
the terms of, or  lenders  under,  such  Bank  Indebtedness),  any other  Senior
Indebtedness of the Company  permitted to be incurred under the Indenture which,
at the date of determination,  has an aggregate principal amount outstanding of,
or under which, at the date of determination,  the holders thereof are committed
to lend up to,  at least  $20  million  and is  specifically  designated  by the
Company in the instrument  evidencing or governing such Senior  Indebtedness  as
"Designated Senior Indebtedness" for purposes of the Indenture.

     "Disqualified  Stock" means, with respect to any Person,  any Capital Stock
which by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible
or for which it is  exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event (i) matures
or is mandatorily redeemable, pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise
prior  to the  91st  day  after  the  Stated  Maturity  of the  Notes,  (ii)  is
convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified  Stock prior to the
91st day after the Stated  Maturity of the Notes or (iii) is  redeemable  at the
option of the  holder  thereof,  in whole or in part on or prior to the 91st day
after the Stated  Maturity  of the Notes;  provided,  however,  that any Capital
Stock that would not constitute  Disqualified  Stock but for provisions  thereof
giving holders  thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem
such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an "asset sale" or "change of control"
occurring  prior to the first  anniversary  of the Stated  Maturity of the Notes
shall not  constitute  Disqualified  Stock if the  "asset  sale" or  "change  of
control"  provisions  applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to
the  holders of such  Capital  Stock  than the  provisions  described  under "--
Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales of Assets and Subsidiary Stock" and "--
Certain Covenants -- Change of Control."

     "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

     "Floor Plan  Guarantees"  means  guarantees  (including  but not limited to
repurchase or remarketing obligations) by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary
Incurred in the ordinary  course of business  consistent  with past  practice of
Indebtedness  Incurred by a franchise dealer, or other purchaser or lessor,  for
the  purchase of inventory  manufactured  or sold by the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary,  the  proceeds  of  which  Indebtedness  is used  solely  to pay the
purchase  price of such  inventory  to such  franchise  dealer  and any  related
reasonable fees and expenses (including financing fees), provided, however, that
(1) to the extent  commercially  practicable,  the Indebtedness so guaranteed is
secured by a perfected  first  priority  Lien on such  inventory in favor of the
holder of such Indebtedness and (2) if the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary
is required to make payment with respect to such guarantee,  the Company or such

<PAGE>
                                       71

Restricted  Subsidiary  will have the right to receive  either (q) title to such
inventory,  (r) a valid  assignment of a perfected  first  priority Lien in such
inventory or (s) the net proceeds of any resale of such inventory.

     "GAAP" means generally accepted accounting  principles in the United States
of America  as in effect as of the date of the  Indenture,  including  those set
forth in the opinions and  pronouncements of the Accounting  Principles Board of
the American  Institute of  Certified  Public  Accountants  and  statements  and
pronouncements  of the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board or in such other
statements  by such other  entity as  approved by a  significant  segment of the
accounting profession.

     "Guarantee"  means any obligation,  contingent or otherwise,  of any Person
directly or  indirectly  guaranteeing  in any manner any  Indebtedness  or other
obligation of any Person and any obligation,  direct or indirect,  contingent or
otherwise, of such Person (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for
the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person
(whether  arising by virtue of  partnership  arrangements,  or by  agreement  to
keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay, or
to maintain  financial  statement  conditions or otherwise) or (ii) entered into
for purposes of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or
other  obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss
in  respect  thereof  (in whole or in part);  provided,  however,  that the term
"Guarantee"  shall  not  include  endorsements  of  negotiable  instruments  for
collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.
The term "Guarantee" used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

     "Hedging  Obligations"  of any Person means the  obligations of such Person
pursuant  to  any  interest  rate  swap  agreement,  foreign  currency  exchange
agreement,  interest rate collar agreement,  option or futures contract or other
similar agreement or arrangement designed to protect such Person against changes
in interest rates or foreign exchange rates.

     "Holder"  or  "Noteholder"  means  the  Person  in  whose  name a  Note  is
registered on the Registrar's books.

     "Inactive Subsidiary" means a Subsidiary which at the time of determination
(i) owns assets having a fair market value of less than  $50,000,  (ii) does not
conduct any  business  activity  and (iii) is not an obligor with respect to any
Indebtedness.

     "Incur" means create, issue, assume,  Guarantee,  incur or otherwise become
liable  for,  directly or  indirectly,  or  otherwise  become  responsible  for,
contingently  or  otherwise,   Indebtedness  or  Disqualified  Stock;  provided,
however, that any Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock of a Person existing at the
time such  Person  becomes  a  subsidiary  (whether  by  merger,  consolidation,
acquisition or otherwise)  shall be deemed to be Incurred by such  Subsidiary at
the time it  becomes a  Subsidiary.  The term  "Incurrence"  when used as a noun
shall have a correlative meaning.

    "Indebtedness" of any Person means, without duplication,  and whether or not
contingent,

     (i) the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A) indebtedness of
such  Person  for  money  borrowed  and (B)  indebtedness  evidenced  by  notes,
debentures,  bonds or other  similar  instruments  for the payment of which such
Person is responsible or liable;

     (ii)  all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person;

     (iii) all  obligations  of such  Person  issued or assumed as the  deferred
purchase price of property,  all conditional sale obligations of such Person and
all  obligations  of such  Person  under  any  title  retention  agreement  (but
excluding trade accounts payable arising in the ordinary course of business);

     (iv) all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on
any letter of credit, banker's acceptance or similar credit transaction;

<PAGE>
                                       72

     (v) the  amount of all  obligations  of such  Person  with  respect  to the
redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock (measured at
the greater of its voluntary or involuntary  maximum fixed repurchase price plus
accrued and unpaid dividends);

     (vi) to the extent not otherwise  included in this  definition, all Hedging
Obligations;

     (vii) all  obligations  of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vi)
of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in
either case,  such Person is responsible or liable,  directly or indirectly,  as
obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee (other than
in each case by reason of activities  described in the proviso to the definition
of "Guarantee"); and

     (viii) all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (i) through (vii)
of other  Persons  secured by any Lien on any  property  or asset of such Person
(whether or not such  obligation is assumed by such Person),  the amount of such
obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets
or the amount of the obligation so secured.

     For  purposes  hereof,   the  "maximum  fixed  repurchase   price"  of  any
Disqualified  Stock  which  does  not  have a fixed  repurchase  price  shall be
calculated in accordance  with the terms of such  Disqualified  Stock as if such
Disqualified  Stock were  purchased on any date on which  Indebtedness  shall be
required to be determined pursuant to the Indenture,  and if such price is based
upon,  or measured by, the fair market value of such  Disqualified  Stock,  such
fair market value to be determined in good faith by the Board of Directors.  For
purposes  hereof,  the amount of any  Indebtedness  issued with  original  issue
discount shall be the original purchase price plus accrued  interest,  provided,
however, that such accretion shall not be deemed an incurrence of Indebtedness.

     "Interest  Rate  Protection   Agreement"   means  any  interest  rate  swap
agreement,   interest  rate  cap  agreement  or  other  financial  agreement  or
arrangement designed to protect the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary against
fluctuations in interest rates.

     "Investment"  in any Person  means any  direct or  indirect  advance,  loan
(other than  advances to customers in the ordinary  course of business  that are
recorded as accounts  receivable  or deposits on the balance sheet of the Person
making  the  advance  or loan,  in each case in  accordance  with GAAP) or other
extensions of credit  (including by way of Guarantee or similar  arrangement) or
capital  contribution  to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to
others or any  payment  for  property  or  services  for the  account  or use of
others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock,  Indebtedness or other
similar instruments issued by such Person and shall include the designation of a
Restricted  Subsidiary  as an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary.  For  purposes  of  the
definition of "Unrestricted  Subsidiary," the definition of "Restricted Payment"
and the  covenant  described  under  "--  Certain  Covenants  --  Limitation  on
Restricted Payments," (i) "Investment" shall include the portion  (proportionate
to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair market value of
the net assets of any Subsidiary of the Company at the time that such Subsidiary
is  designated  an  Unrestricted  Subsidiary;  provided,  however,  that  upon a
redesignation of such Subsidiary as a Restricted  Subsidiary,  the Company shall
be  deemed  to  continue  to  have a  permanent  investment  in an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary in an amount (if positive) equal to (x) the Company's "Investment" in
such  Subsidiary  at the  time  of  such  redesignation  less  (y)  the  portion
(proportionate  to the Company's equity interest in such Subsidiary) of the fair
market  value  of the  net  assets  of  such  Subsidiary  at the  time  of  such
redesignation,  and (ii) any  property  transferred  to or from an  Unrestricted
Subsidiary  shall  be  valued  at its  fair  market  value  at the  time of such
transfer,  in each case as  determined  in good faith by the Board of Directors.
Notwithstanding  the foregoing,  in no event shall any issuance of Capital Stock
(other  than  Preferred   Stock  or   Disqualified   Stock,   or  Capital  Stock
exchangeable,  exercisable  or  convertible  for  any of the  foregoing)  of the
Company in exchange  for  Capital  Stock,  property or assets of another  Person
constitute an Investment by the Company in such Person.

     "Issue" means issue,  assume,  Guarantee,  Incur or otherwise become liable
for;  provided,  however,  that any  Indebtedness  or Capital  Stock of a Person
existing  at the time such  Person  becomes a  Subsidiary  (whether  by  merger,
consolidation,  acquisition  or otherwise)  shall be deemed to be issued by such

<PAGE>
                                       73

Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary;  and the term  "issuance"  has a
corresponding meaning.

     "Issue Date" means the date of original issuance of the Notes.

     "Lien"  means  any  mortgage,   pledge,   security   interest,   privilege,
conditional  sale or other  title  retention  agreement  or other  similar  lien
(statutory or otherwise), or encumbrance upon or with respect to any property of
any kind,  real or  personal,  moveable  or  immovable,  now owned or  hereafter
acquired.

     "Net Available Cash" from an Asset Disposition means cash payments received
(including  any cash payments  received by way of deferred  payment of principal
pursuant to a note or installment receivable or otherwise,  but only as and when
received,  but  excluding  any  other  consideration  received  in the  form  of
assumption by the acquiring Person of Indebtedness or other obligations relating
to such properties or assets or received in any other non-cash form)  therefrom,
in each case net of (i) all legal, title and recording tax expenses, commissions
and other  fees and  expenses  Incurred,  and all  Federal,  state,  provincial,
foreign  and local taxes  required  to be paid or accrued as a  liability  under
GAAP, as a consequence of such Asset Disposition,  (ii) all payments made on any
Indebtedness  which  (A)  is  secured  by  any  assets  subject  to  such  Asset
Disposition,  in  accordance  with the terms of any lien upon or other  security
agreement  of any kind with  respect  to such  assets,  or (B) which must by its
terms, or in order to obtain a necessary consent to such Asset  Disposition,  or
by  applicable  law be repaid out of the proceeds  from such Asset  Disposition,
(iii) all  distributions  and other  payments  required  to be made to  minority
interest  holders in  Subsidiaries  or joint  ventures as a result of such Asset
Disposition and (iv) reasonable amounts provided by the seller as a reserve,  in
accordance with GAAP,  against any  liabilities  associated with the property or
other assets  disposed of in such Asset  Disposition and retained by the Company
or any Restricted  Subsidiary after such Asset Disposition,  including,  without
limitation,  pension and other post-employment benefit liabilities,  liabilities
related to  environmental  matters  and  liabilities  under any  indemnification
obligations associated with such Asset Disposition.  Further, with respect to an
Asset  Disposition by a Subsidiary which is not a Wholly Owned  Subsidiary,  Net
Available  Cash shall be reduced  pro rata for the portion of the equity of such
Subsidiary which is not owned by the Company.

     "Net Cash Proceeds", with respect to any issuance or sale of Capital Stock,
means  the  cash  proceeds  of such  issuance  or sale  plus,  in the case of an
issuance  of  Capital  Stock  upon  any  exercise,  exchange  or  conversion  of
securities  (including options,  warrants,  rights and convertible  exchangeable
debt),  of the Company that were issued for cash on or after the Issue Date, the
amount of cash  originally  received  by the Company  upon the  issuance of such
securities (including options,  warrants, rights and convertible or exchangeable
debt), net of attorneys'  fees,  accountants'  fees,  underwriters' or placement
agents' fees, discounts or commissions and brokerage,  consultant and other fees
and expenses  actually  Incurred or required to be Incurred in  connection  with
such issuance or sale and also net of taxes paid or payable as a result thereof.

     "Obligations"  means with respect to any  Indebtedness  all obligations for
principal, premium, interest, penalties, fees, indemnifications, reimbursements,
and  other  amounts  payable  pursuant  to  the  documentation   governing  such
Indebtedness.

     "Permitted Investment" means an Investment by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary  in (i) the Company,  a Restricted  Subsidiary or a Person that will,
upon the making of such Investment,  become a Restricted  Subsidiary;  provided,
however,  that the primary  business of such Restricted  Subsidiary is a Related
Business;  (ii)  another  Person if as a result of such  Investment  such  other
Person is merged or  consolidated  with or into,  or transfers or conveys all or
substantially  all its  assets  to,  the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary;
provided,  however,  that such Person's primary business is a Related  Business;
(iii) Investments in Cash Equivalents;  (iv) receivables owing to the Company or
any  Restricted  Subsidiary  if created or  acquired in the  ordinary  course of
business;  (v) loans or advances to  employees  made in the  ordinary  course of
business  consistent  with past  practices  of the  Company  or such  Restricted
Subsidiary;  (vi) stock,  obligations  or  securities  received in settlement of
debts created in the ordinary course of business and owing to the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary or in satisfaction of judgments;  (vii) any Person to the
extent such  Investment  represents  the non-cash  portion of the  consideration
received  for an  Asset  Disposition  as  permitted  pursuant  to  the  covenant
described  under "--  Certain  Covenants  --  Limitation  on Sales of Assets and

<PAGE>
                                       74

Subsidiary  Stock";  (viii) so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing
(or would result therefrom), any Investment made by the issuance of, or with the
proceeds  of a  substantially  concurrent  sale of,  Capital  Stock  (other than
Disqualified  Stock)  of the  Company;  provided,  however,  that  the Net  Cash
Proceeds from such sale shall be excluded from clause 3(B) of Section (a) of the
covenant  described  under "-- Certain  Covenants --  Limitation  on  Restricted
Payments";  (ix) Investments by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary,  in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $3 million, in an Unrestricted  Subsidiary formed
primarily  for the  purposes  of  financing  purchases  and leases of  inventory
manufactured  by the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary;  (x)  Investments in
Cash Equivalents;  (xi) Floor Plan Guarantees  permitted by the terms of clauses
(b)(x) and (xi),  respectively,  of the  covenants  described  under "-- Certain
Covenants -- Limitation on Indebtedness"  and "-- Limitation on Indebtedness and
Preferred Stock of Restricted Subsidiaries";  and (xi) other Investments that do
not exceed in the aggregate $10 million at any one time outstanding.

     "Permitted  Liens"  means,  with  respect  to any  Person,  (a)  pledges or
deposits  by  such  Person  under  workmen's  compensation  laws,   unemployment
insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with
bids, tenders,  contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases
to which such  Person is a party,  or  deposits  to secure  public or  statutory
obligations of such Person or deposits or cash or United States government bonds
to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as
security for  contested  taxes or import  duties or for the payment of rent,  in
each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business; (b) Liens imposed by law,
including carriers',  warehousemen's and mechanics' Liens, in each case for sums
not yet due or being  contested  in good faith by  appropriate  proceedings;  or
other Liens arising out of judgments or awards  against such Person with respect
to  which  such  Person  shall  then be  proceeding  with  an  appeal  or  other
proceedings for review;  (c) Liens for taxes,  assessments or other governmental
charges  not yet  subject  to  penalties  for  non-payment  or which  are  being
contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings provided appropriate reserves
have been taken on the books of the Company; (d) Liens to secure the performance
of statutory  obligations  or in favor of issuers of surety  bonds,  performance
bonds,  appeal bonds or letters of credit or other  obligations of a like nature
issued  pursuant to the request of and for the account of such  Person,  in each
case in the  ordinary  course  of its  business;  provided,  however,  that such
letters of credit do not constitute  Indebtedness;  (e) Liens securing a Hedging
Obligation so long as the related  Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be under
the  Indenture,  secured by a Lien on the same  property  securing  the  Hedging
Obligation;  (f)  Liens  for  the  purpose  of  securing  the  payment  (or  the
refinancing of the payment) of all or a part of any Purchase Money  Indebtedness
or  Capital  Lease  Obligations   relating  to  assets  or  property   acquired,
constructed or leased in the ordinary  course of business  provided that (x) the
aggregate  principal  amount of  Indebtedness  secured by such  Liens  shall not
exceed the cost of the assets or property so  acquired  or  constructed  and (y)
such Liens shall not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  other than such Assets or property and assets affixed or
appurtenant  thereto;  (g) Liens arising from  precautionary  Uniform Commercial
Code financing  statement filings regarding operating leases entered into by the
Company and its  Subsidiaries in the ordinary  course of business;  (h) Liens in
favor of the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries,  other than such
a Lien with respect to intercompany  indebtedness if the Company or a Subsidiary
Guarantor is not the beneficiary of such a Lien; (i) Liens securing Indebtedness
of a Person existing at the time that such Person is acquired by, merged into or
consolidated with the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary;  provided,  however,
that such Liens were not incurred in connection  with, or in  contemplation  of,
such acquisition, merger or consolidation,  and do not extend to any property or
assets other than those of such Person; (j) Liens on property or assets existing
at the time of acquisition thereof by the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary;
provided,  however,  that such Liens were not incurred in connection with, or in
contemplation of, such  acquisition,  and do not extend to any other property or
assets; (k) Liens existing on the date of the Indenture;  (l) Liens arising from
the  rendering  of a  final  judgement  or  order  against  the  Company  or any
Restricted  Subsidiary  that  does not give  rise to an  Event of  Default;  (m)
encumbrances  consisting  of zoning  restrictions,  surety  exceptions,  utility
easements, licenses, rights of way, easements of ingress or egress over property
of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, rights or restrictions of record on
the use of real property,  minor defects in title, landlords' and lessors' liens
under  leases on  property  located  on the  rented  premises,  in each case not
interfering in any material respect with the ordinary conduct of the business of
the  Company  and  the  Restricted  Subsidiaries;   (n)  Liens  securing  Senior
Indebtedness;  (o) Liens with respect to Floor Plan Guarantees  permitted by the

<PAGE>
                                       75

terms of clauses (b)(x) and (xi), respectively, of the covenants described under
"-- Certain  Covenants --  Limitation  on  Indebtedness"  and "--  Limitation on
Indebtedness  and  Preferred  Stock  of  Restricted  Subsidiaries";  and (p) any
extension, renewal, refinancing, refunding or replacement of any Permitted Lien,
provided  that such new Lien is limited to the  property or assets that  secured
(or under the arrangement under which the original Permitted Lien, could secure)
the obligations to which such Liens relate.

     "Person" means any  individual,  corporation,  limited  liability  company,
limited or general partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company,
trust,  unincorporated  organization,  government  or any  agency  or  political
subdivision thereof or any other entity.

     "Preferred  Stock",  as applied to the Capital  Stock of any Person,  means
Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as
to the  payment  of  dividends,  or as to the  distribution  of assets  upon any
voluntary or involuntary  liquidation or dissolution of such Person, over shares
of Capital Stock of any other class of such Person.

     "Public Equity Offering" means an underwritten  primary or combined primary
and secondary public offering of common stock (other than Disqualified Stock) of
the Company pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities
Act which public equity offering results in gross proceeds to the Company of not
less than $50 million.

     "Purchase  Money  Indebtedness"  means any  Indebtedness of a Person to any
seller or other Person  incurred to finance the  acquisition  (including  in the
case of a Capital  Lease  Obligation,  the lease) of any after  acquired real or
personal  tangible  property or assets related to the Business of the Company or
the Restricted  Subsidiaries  and which is incurred  substantially  concurrently
with such acquisition and is secured only by the assets so financed.

     "Refinance"  means, in respect of any Indebtedness,  to refinance,  extend,
renew,  refund,  repay,  prepay,  redeem,  defease or retire,  or to issue other
Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such indebtedness.
"Refinanced" and "Refinancing" shall have correlative meanings.

     "Refinancing   Indebtedness"   means   Indebtedness   that  Refinances  any
Indebtedness of the Company or any Restricted  Subsidiary  existing on the Issue
Date or Incurred in compliance with the Indenture,  including  Indebtedness that
Refinances   Refinancing   Indebtedness;   provided,   however,  that  (i)  such
Refinancing  Indebtedness  has a Stated  Maturity no earlier than the earlier of
(x) the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness  being Refinanced and (y) the Stated
Maturity of the Notes, (ii) such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at
the time such  Refinancing  Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater
than the  Average  Life of the  Indebtedness  being  Refinanced  and (iii)  such
Refinancing  Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with
original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less that
the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the
aggregate  accreted  value) then  outstanding or committed  (plus unpaid accrued
interest) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced, plus actual fees and expenses
Incurred in connection with the Refinancing;  provided,  further,  however, that
(x) Refinancing  Indebtedness shall not include (1) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary
that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary or a Subsidiary  Guarantor that Refinances
Indebtedness  of the Company or (2)  Indebtedness of the Company or a Restricted
Subsidiary that Refinances  Indebtedness of an Unrestricted  Subsidiary,  (y) if
the  Indebtedness  being  Refinanced  is  not  Senior  Indebtedness,  then  such
Refinancing  Indebtedness  shall rank no more senior than, and shall be at least
as  subordinated  in right of payment,  to the Notes as the  Indebtedness  being
Refinanced and (z) Refinancing Indebtedness shall be secured only by assets of a
similar type and in a similar amount to those that secured the  Indebtedness  so
refinanced.

     "Related Business" means any business in the manufacture or sale of capital
goods or parts or  services,  or  otherwise  reasonably  related,  ancillary  or
complementary  to the businesses of the Company and the Restricted  Subsidiaries
on the Issue Date.

     "Representative"  means the indenture  trustee or other  trustee,  agent or
representative in respect of any Designated Senior  Indebtedness;  provided that
if,  and for so  long  as,  any  Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  lacks  such a
representative,  then the Representative for such Designated Senior Indebtedness

<PAGE>
                                       76

shall at all times be the holders of a majority in outstanding  principal amount
of such  Designated  Senior  Indebtedness  in respect of any  Designated  Senior
Indebtedness.

     "Restricted   Investment"  means  an  Investment  other  than  a  Permitted
Investment.

     "Restricted  Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company that is not an
Unrestricted Subsidiary.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "Secured  Indebtedness"  means any  Indebtedness of any Person secured by a
Lien.

     "Senior  Indebtedness"  means with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary
Guarantor  (x) Bank  Indebtedness  and (y) any other  Indebtedness  that, by the
terms of the instrument  creating or evidencing such Indebtedness,  is expressly
made senior in right of payment to the Notes or the applicable Guarantee,  other
than (1) any  obligation  of such Person to any  subsidiary of such Person or to
any officer, director or employee of such Person or any such subsidiary, (2) any
liability of such Person for federal,  state, local or other taxes owed or owing
by such Person,  (3) any accounts  payable or other  liability of such Person to
trade creditors arising in the ordinary course of business (including Guarantees
thereof or  instruments  evidencing  such  liabilities),  (4) any  Indebtedness,
Guarantee  or  obligation  of such  Person  which is,  expressly  by its  terms,
subordinate  or junior in any respect to any other  Indebtedness,  Guarantee  or
obligation of such Person,  (5) that portion of any  Indebtedness of such Person
which at the time of  issuance  is issued in  violation  of the  Indenture,  (6)
Indebtedness  of such Person  represented by  Disqualified  Stock or (7) Capital
Lease Obligations.

     "Senior   Subordinated   Indebtedness"   means  the  Notes  and  any  other
Indebtedness of the Company that specifically provides that such Indebtedness is
to rank pari passu with the Notes in right of payment and is not subordinated by
its terms in right of payment to any  Indebtedness  or other  obligation  of the
Company which is not Senior Indebtedness.

     "Significant  Subsidiary"  means any Restricted  Subsidiary that would be a
"Significant  Subsidiary"  of the Company within the meanings of Rule 1-02 under
Regulation S-X promulgated by the SEC.

     "Stated  Maturity"  means,  with  respect to any  security,  the final date
specified in such security as the fixed date on which all outstanding  principal
of such  security  is due  and  payable,  including  pursuant  to any  mandatory
redemption  provision (but excluding any provision  providing for the repurchase
of such  security at the option of the holder  thereof upon the happening of any
contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

     "Subordinated  Obligation"  means any  Indebtedness  of the  Company or any
Subsidiary  Guarantor  (whether  outstanding  on the  Issue  Date or  thereafter
Incurred) which is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or the
relevant Subsidiary Guarantee, as applicable, pursuant to a written agreement to
that effect.

     "Subsidiary" means (a) any corporation,  association,  partnership, limited
liability  company or other business  entity of which more than 50% of the total
voting  power  of  shares  of  Capital  Stock  or  other  interests   (including
partnership  interests)  entitled  (without  regard  to  the  occurrence  of any
contingency) to vote in the election of directors,  managers or trustees thereof
is at the time owned or controlled,  directly or indirectly, by (i) the Company,
(ii) the Company and one or more  Subsidiaries or (iii) one or more Subsidiaries
or (b) any  limited  partnership  of which the  Company or any  Subsidiary  is a
general  partner,  or (c) any other Person (other than a corporation  or limited
partnership)  in which the  Company,  or one or more other  Subsidiaries  or the
Company and one or more other  Subsidiaries,  directly or  indirectly,  has more
than 50% of the outstanding  partnership or similar  interests or has the power,
by contract or  otherwise,  to direct or cause the  direction  of the  policies,
management  and  affairs  thereof.  Unless  the  context  other  wise  requires,
Subsidiary means each direct and indirect Subsidiary of the Company.

<PAGE>
                                       77

     "Subsidiary  Guarantee" means a Guarantee by a Subsidiary  Guarantor of the
Company's Obligations with respect to the Notes.

     "Subsidiary  Guarantor" means any Subsidiary of the Company that Guarantees
the Company's Obligations with respect to the Notes.

     "Trust   Indenture  Act"  means  the  Trust   Indenture  Act  of  1939  (15
U.S.C.ss.ss.77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture.

     "Trustee"  means the party named as such in the Indenture until a successor
replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor.

     "Unrestricted Subsidiary" means any Subsidiary of the Company (other than a
Subsidiary  Guarantor) designated as such pursuant to and in compliance with the
covenant   described   under   "Limitation  on   Designations   of  Unrestricted
Subsidiaries."  Any such designation may be revoked by a resolution of the Board
of Directors of the Company delivered to the Trustee,  subject to the provisions
of such covenant.

     "U.S.  Government  Obligations"  means direct  obligations (or certificates
representing an ownership  interest in such obligations) of the United States of
America  (including  any agency or  instrumentality  thereof) for the payment of
which the full faith and credit of the United  States of America is pledged  and
which are not callable at the issuer's option.

     "Voting  Stock" of a Person means Capital Stock of such Person of the class
or classes  pursuant to which the holders  thereof have the general voting power
under  ordinary  circumstances  to  elect at least a  majority  of the  board of
directors,  managers or trustees of such Person  (irrespective of whether or not
at the time stock of any other class or classes  shall have or might have voting
power by reason of the happening of any contingency).

     "Wholly Owned Subsidiary" means (i) a Restricted Subsidiary all the Capital
Stock of which (other than directors' qualifying shares and shares held by other
Persons to the extent such Shares are required by applicable law to be held by a
Person  other  than the  Company  or a  Restricted  Subsidiary)  is owned by the
Company or one or more Wholly Owned  Subsidiaries and (ii) each of Terex Cranes,
Inc., P.P.M. Cranes, Inc., P.P.M. S.A., and any future wholly owned subsidiaries
of any of the  foregoing,  in each  case so long as the  Company  or one or more
Wholly  Owned  Subsidiaries  maintains a percentage  ownership  interest in such
entity equal to or greater  than such  ownership  interest  (on a fully  diluted
basis)  on the  later of (a) the  Issue  Date or (b) the  date  such  entity  is
incorporated   or  acquired  by  the  Company  or  one  or  more  Wholly   Owned
Subsidiaries.

Book-Entry, Delivery and Form

General

     The Old Notes  were,  and the New Notes will be,  issued in the form of one
fully registered Note in global form  (collectively,  the "Global Note"). DTC or
its nominee will credit, on its book-entry registration and transfer system, the
number of Notes sold to  Qualified  Institutional  Buyers  pursuant to Rule 144A
represented  by such  Global  Note to the  accounts  of  institutions  that have
accounts with DTC or its nominee (the "DTC  participants")  and  Euroclear  will
credit, on its book-entry  registration and transfer system, the number of Notes
sold to certain  persons in offshore  transactions  in reliance on  Regulation S
under the Securities Act also represented by such Global Note to the accounts of
institutions that have accounts with Euroclear or its nominee  participants (the
"Euroclear  participants"  and,  collectively  with  the DTC  participants,  the
"participants").  Each of DTC and  Euroclear  is  referred  to herein as a "Book
Entry  Facility." The accounts to be credited shall be designated by the Initial
Purchasers. Ownership of beneficial interests in the Global Note will be limited
to  participants  or  persons  that may  hold  interests  through  participants.
Ownership  of  beneficial  interest in the Global Note will be shown on, and the
transfer of that ownership will be effected only through,  records maintained by



<PAGE>
                                       78

a Book Entry Facility or its nominee (with respect to  participants'  interests)
for such Global Notes or by participants or persons that hold interests  through
participants  (with  respect  to  beneficial  interests  of  persons  other than
participants).   The  laws  of  some  jurisdictions  may  require  that  certain
purchasers of securities take physical delivery of such securities in definitive
form.  Such  limits  and laws may  impair  the  ability  to  transfer  or pledge
beneficial interests in the Global Note.

     So long as DTC,  or its  nominee,  is the  registered  holder of the Global
Note, DTC or such nominee, as the case may be, will be considered the sole legal
owner and holder of such Notes  represented by such Global Note for all purposes
under  the  Indenture  and the  Notes.  Except  as set  forth  below,  owners of
beneficial interests in the Global Note will not be entitled to have such Global
Note or any  Notes  represented  thereby  registered  in their  names,  will not
receive or be entitled to receive  physical  delivery or  certificated  Notes in
exchange therefor and will not be considered to be the owners or holders of such
Global Note or any Notes represented  thereby for any purpose under the Notes or
the Indenture.  The Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors understand that under
existing industry practice,  in the event an owner of a beneficial interest in a
Global  Note  desires to take any action  that DTC, as the holder of such Global
Note, is entitled to take,  DTC would  authorize the  participants  to take such
action,  and that the  participants  would  authorize  beneficial  owners owning
through such  participants  to take such action or would  otherwise act upon the
instructions of beneficial owners owning through them.

     Any  payment of  principal  or  interest  due on the Notes on any  interest
payment date or at maturity will be made available by the Company to the Trustee
by such  date.  As soon as  possible  thereafter,  the  Trustee  will  make such
payments to DTC or its nominee,  as the case may be, as the registered  owner of
the Global Note representing such Notes in accordance with existing arrangements
between the Trustee and the depositary.

     The Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors  expect that DTC or its nominee,
upon  receipt of any payment of  principal  or interest in respect of the Global
Note will credit  immediately  the  accounts of the  related  participants  with
payments in amounts  proportionate to their respective  beneficial  interests in
the  principal  amount of such Global  Note as shown on the records of DTC.  The
Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors also expect that payments by participants
to  owners  of  beneficial  interests  in the  Global  Note  held  through  such
participants are, and will continue to be, governed by standing instructions and
customary practices, as is now the case with securities held for the accounts of
customers  in  bearer  form of  registered  in  "street  name,"  and will be the
responsibility of such participants.

     None of the Company, the Subsidiary Guarantors, the Trustee, or any payment
agent for the Global Note have any responsibility or liability for any aspect of
the  records  relating to or payments  made on account of  beneficial  ownership
interests in the Global Note or for  maintaining,  supervising  or reviewing any
records relating to such beneficial  ownership interests or for other aspects of
the relationship between the depositary and its participants or the relationship
between such  participants and the owners of beneficial  interests in the Global
Note owning through such participants.

     Because of time zone  differences,  the  securities  account of a Euroclear
participant  purchasing  an interest  in the Global Note from a DTC  participant
will be  credited,  and any such  crediting  will be  reported  to the  relevant
Euroclear  participant,  during the securities  settlement processing day (which
must be a business day for Euroclear)  immediately  following the DTC settlement
date.  Cash  received in Euroclear as a result of sales of interests in a Global
Note by or through a Euroclear participant to a DTC participant will be received
with value on the DTC  settlement  date but will be  available  in the  relevant
Euroclear cash account only as of the business day following settlement in DTC.

     As long as the Notes are  represented by a Global Note,  DTC's nominee will
be the  holder of such  Notes and  therefore  will be the only  entity  that can
exercise a right to repayment or repurchase of such Notes.  See  "Description of
the Notes -- Change of Control" and "-- Certain Covenants -- Limitation on Sales
of  Assets  and  Subsidiary  Stock."  Notice  by  participants  or by  owners of
beneficial  interests in the Global Note held through such  participants  of the
exercise  of the option to elect  repayment  of  beneficial  interests  in Notes
represented  by the Global Note must be  transmitted  to the relevant Book Entry

<PAGE>
                                       79

Facility in  accordance  with its  procedures on a form required by the relevant
Book Entry Facility and provided to participants.  In order to ensure that DTC's
nominee will timely  exercise a right to repayment  with respect to a particular
Note,  the  beneficial  owner of such Note  must  instruct  the  broker or other
participant to exercise a right to repayment. Different firms have cut-off times
for  accepting   instructions  from  their  customers  and,  accordingly,   each
beneficial owner should consult the broker or other participant through which it
holds an interest in a Note in order to ascertain the cut-off time by which such
an instruction  must be given in order for timely notice to be delivered to DTC.
Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Guarantor will be liable for any delay in
delivery of notices of the exercise of the option to elect repayment.

     Unless and until exchanged in whole or in part for Notes in definitive form
in  accordance  with  the  terms  of the  Notes,  the  Global  Note  may  not be
transferred  except as a whole by DTC to a nominee of DTC or by a nominee of DTC
to DTC or another nominee of DTC or by DTC or any such nominee to a successor of
DTC or a nominee of each successor.

     Although DTC has agreed to the foregoing  procedures in order to facilitate
transfers  of interests  in the Global Note among  participants  of a Book Entry
Facility,  it is under no  obligation  to perform or  continue  to perform  such
procedures,  and such  procedures may be  discontinued  at any time. None of the
Trustee, the Company, or the Subsidiary  Guarantors will have any responsibility
for the  performance  by a Book Entry Facility or its  participants  or indirect
participants  of their  respective  obligations  under the rules and  procedures
governing  their  operations.  The Company,  the  Subsidiary  Guarantors and the
Trustee  may  conclusively  rely on,  and  shall be  protected  in  relying  on,
instructions from a Book Entry Facility for all purposes.

     Certificated Notes

     The Global Note is  exchangeable  for  corresponding  Notes in certificated
fully registered form  ("Certificated  Notes") registered in the name of persons
other than DTC or its nominee  only if (A) DTC (i)  notifies the Company that it
is unwilling or unable to continue as depositary  for the Global Note or (ii) at
any time ceases to be a clearing agency registered under the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange  Act"), (B) there shall have occurred and
be continuing an Event of Default (as defined in the Indenture)  with respect to
the applicable  Notes or (C) the Company executes and delivers to the Trustee an
order that the Global Note shall be so exchangeable. Any Certificated Notes will
be issued only in fully  registered form, and shall be issued without coupons in
denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples  thereof.  Any Certificated Notes
so issued  will be  registered  in such names and in such  denominations  as DTC
shall request.

     The Clearing System

     DTC has advised the Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors as follows:  DTC
is a limited-purpose  trust company organized under the laws of the State of New
York, a member of the Federal Reserve System,  a "clearing  corporation"  within
the meaning of the New York Uniform  Commercial  Code,  and "a clearing  agency"
registered  pursuant to the  provisions  of section 17A of the Exchange Act. DTC
was created to hold  securities  of  institutions  that have  accounts  with its
participants  and to  facilitate  the  clearance  and  settlement  of securities
transactions  among  its  participants  in such  securities  through  electronic
book-entry changes in accounts of participants, thereby elimination the need for
physical  movement  of  securities  certificates.   DTC's  participants  include
securities  brokers  and dealers  (which may  include  the Initial  Purchasers),
banks, trust companies,  clearing  corporations and certain other organizations.
Access to DTC's  book-entry  system is also  available  to others such as banks,
brokers,  dealers and trust companies that clear through or maintain a custodial
relationship with a participant, whether directly or indirectly.

<PAGE>
                                       80


                     CERTAIN FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES

     The following  summary  describes the material United States federal income
tax  consequences of the ownership and disposition of the Notes by U.S.  Holders
(as defined  below) who  acquire  such  securities  in the  Exchange  Offer (the
"Initial U.S.  Holders").  This summary is based on the Internal Revenue Code of
1986, as amended to the date hereof (the "Code"), administrative pronouncements,
judicial  decisions and existing and proposed Treasury  Regulations,  changes to
any of  which  subsequent  to the date of this  Prospectus  may  affect  the tax
consequences described herein. This summary discusses only Notes held as capital
assets  withing the meaning of Section 1221 of the Code. It does not discuss all
of the tax  consequences  that  may be  relevant  to a  holder  in  light of his
particular circumstances or to holders subject to special rules, such as persons
who are not U.S.  Holders (as defined  below) or Initial U.S.  Holders,  certain
financial institutions,  insurance companies,  dealers in securities and holders
who  hold  the  Notes  as part  of a  straddle,  hedging,  conversion  or  other
integrated transaction.  Holders of Notes should consult their tax advisors with
regard to the  application of the United States federal income tax laws to their
particular  situations as well as any tax consequences arising under the laws of
any state, local or foreign taxing jurisdiction.

     As used herein,  the term "U.S.  Holder" means a beneficial owner of a Note
that,  for  United  States  federal  income  tax  purposes,  is (i) a citizen or
resident of the United States,  (ii) a corporation,  partnership or other entity
created  or  organized  in or under  the  laws of the  United  States  or of any
political subdivision thereof, (iii) an estate the income of which is subject to
United States federal income taxation regardless of its source, or (iv) a trust,
if a U.S. court is able to exercise primary  supervision over the administration
of such trust and one or more U.S. fiduciaries have the authority to control all
substantial decisions of such trust.

Payment of Interest

     Interest paid on a Note will generally be taxable as ordinary income at the
time it accrues or is received in accordance  with the U.S.  Holder's  method of
accounting for federal income tax purposes.

Exchange Offer

     The exchange of Old Notes for New Notes pursuant to the Exchange Offer will
not result in any federal income tax consequences to U.S.  Holders.  When a U.S.
Holder  exchanges an Old Note for a New Note pursuant to the Exchange Offer, the
U.S. Holder will have the same adjusted basis and holding period in the New Note
as in the Old Note  immediately  before the  exchange.  There will be no federal
income tax consequences of the Exchange Offer to nonexchanging Holders.

Sale, Exchange or Retirement

     Upon the  sale,  exchange  or  retirement  of a Note,  a U.S.  Holder  will
recognize  taxable  gain or loss  equal to the  difference  between  the  amount
realized on the sale, exchange or retirement  (excluding amounts attributable to
accrued  and unpaid  interest,  which  amounts  will be  includible  as ordinary
interest  income)  and such U.S.  Holder's  tax basis in the Note.  Gain or loss
realized on the sale,  exchange or  retirement or a Note will be capital gain or
loss. Recently enacted legislation  includes  substantial changes to the federal
taxation of capital gains recognized by individuals, including a 20% maximum tax
rate for  certain  gains from the sale of capital  assets  held for more than 18
months.  The  deduction  of capital  losses is  subject to certain  limitations.
Prospective  investors should consult their tax advisors regarding the treatment
of capital gains and losses.


THE FOREGOING IS A SUMMARY OF THE PRINCIPAL FEDERAL INCOME TAX CONSEQUENCES TO A
U.S.  HOLDER OF AN OLD NOTE.  EACH HOLDER OF AN OLD NOTE IS URGED TO CONSULT ITS
TAX  ADVISOR TO  DETERMINE  THE  SPECIFIC  FEDERAL  INCOME TAX  CONSEQUENCES  OF
ACCEPTING THE EXCHANGE OFFER, AS WELL AS THE EFFECT OF STATE,  LOCAL AND FOREIGN
INCOME AND OTHER TAX LAWS.

<PAGE>
                                       81


                              PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

     Each  broker-dealer that receives New Notes for its own account pursuant to
the  Exchange  Offer  must  acknowledge  that it will  deliver a  prospectus  in
connection  with any resale of such New  Notes.  This  Prospectus,  as it may be
amended or  supplemented  from time to time, may be used by a  broker-dealer  in
connection  with  resales of New Notes  received in exchange for Old Notes where
such Old Notes were  acquired as a result of  market-making  activities or other
trading activities.  The Company and the Subsidiary Guarantors have agreed that,
for a  period  of 180  days  after  the  Expiration  Date,  it  will  make  this
Prospectus,  as amended or supplemented,  available to any broker-dealer for use
in connection with any such resale.

     The Company  will not receive  any  proceeds  from any sale of New Notes by
broker-dealers.  New Notes  received  by  broker-dealers  for their own  account
pursuant  to the  Exchange  Offer  may be sold  from time to time in one or more
transactions in the over-the-counter market, in negotiated transactions, through
the  writing  of options on the New Notes or a  combination  of such  methods of
resale,  at market prices prevailing at the time of resale, at prices related to
such prevailing market prices or negotiated  prices. Any such resale may be made
directly  to  purchasers  or to or through  brokers or dealers  who may  receive
compensation   in  the  form  of  commissions  or  concessions   from  any  such
broker-dealer  and/or the  purchasers of any such New Notes.  Any  broker-dealer
that resells New Notes that were received by it for its own account  pursuant to
the Exchange Offer and any broker or dealer that  participates in a distribution
of such New Notes may be deemed to be an "underwriter" within the meaning of the
Securities  Act,  and  any  profit  on any  such  resale  of New  Notes  and any
commissions  or  concessions  received  by any such  persons may be deemed to be
underwriting  compensation  under the Securities  Act. The Letter of Transmittal
states  that  by  acknowledging  that  it  will  deliver  and  by  delivering  a
prospectus,  a  broker-dealer  will  not  be  deemed  to  admit  that  it  is an
"underwriter" within the meaning of the Securities Act.

     For a period of 90 days after the  Expiration  Date,  the Company will send
additional  copies of this  Prospectus  and any  amendment or supplement to this
Prospectus to any  broker-dealer  that requests such  documents in the Letter of
Transmittal.

     The Company and the Subsidiary  Guarantors  have agreed to pay all expenses
incident to this Exchange  Offer other than  commissions  or  concessions of any
brokers or dealers and will  indemnify  the Holders of the New Notes  (including
any broker-dealers) against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act.

                                  LEGAL MATTERS

     Certain legal matters in connection  with the New Notes and the  guarantees
thereof  will be  passed  upon for the  Company  by  Robinson  Silverman  Pearce
Aronsohn & Berman LLP, 1290 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10104.

                                     EXPERTS

    The consolidated  financial statements of Terex Corporation  incorporated in
this  Prospectus  by  reference  to the  Annual  Report  on Form  10-K of  Terex
Corporation  for the year ended  December  31,  1997 and the  Company's  Current
Report on Form 8-K dated July 16, 1998 have been so  incorporated in reliance on
the report of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, independent accountants,  given on the
authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

     The consolidated  financial statement of O&K Mining GmbH as of December 31,
1997 and 1996 and for the years then ended,  incorporated  in this Prospectus by
reference to the Company's Amendment No. 2 to Current Report on Form 8-K/A dated
March 31,  1998 have  been so  incorporated  in  reliance  on the  report of C&L
Treuhand-Vereinigung        Deutsche        Revision,         Aktiengesellschaft
Wirtschaftsprufungsgesellschaft, independent accountants, given on the authority
of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

    The consolidated financial statements of PPM Cranes, Inc. for the year ended
December 31, 1997  incorporated in this Prospectus by reference to the Company's
Current  Report on Form 8-K dated  July 16,  1998 have been so  incorporated  in
reliance on the report of  PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, independent accountants,
given on authority of said firm as experts in auditing and accounting.

<PAGE>
                                       82

                              AVAILABLE INFORMATION

     Terex  Corporation  is subject  to the  informational  requirements  of the
Exchange Act, and in accordance  therewith files reports,  proxy  statements and
other information with the Commission.  Such reports, proxy statements and other
information  may be  inspected  and  copied at the public  reference  facilities
maintained by the Commission at its offices at Room 1024,  Judiciary  Plaza, 450
Fifth Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C. 20549 and at the regional offices of the
Commission  located at Seven World Trade Center,  13th Floor, New York, New York
10048 and at Northwestern  Atrium Center,  500 West Madison Street,  Suite 1400,
Chicago,  Illinois 60661.  Copies of such materials may also be obtained by mail
from the Public  Reference  Section of the  Commission at Judiciary  Plaza,  450
Fifth Street, N.W., Washington,  D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates.  Additionally,
the Commission  maintains a Web site containing  reports,  proxy and information
statements and other information  regarding registrants that file electronically
with the Commission. The address for such Web site is http://www.sec.gov.

     In addition,  the Common Stock is listed on the NYSE under the symbol "TEX"
and reports,  proxy statements and other information  concerning the Company may
also be inspected at the offices of the NYSE,  20 Broad  Street,  New York,  New
York 10005.

     The Company and the  Subsidiary  Gurantors have filed with the Commission a
Registration  Statement on Form S-4  (together  with all  amendments,  exhibits,
schedules,  and supplements  thereto,  the  "Registration  Statement") under the
Securities Act, with respect to the New Notes offered hereby.  This  Prospectus,
which constitutes a part of the Registration Statement,  does not contain all of
the information  set forth in the  Registration  Statement,  as permitted by the
rules and regulations of the Commission. For further information with respect to
the Company and the New Notes  offered  hereby,  reference is hereby made to the
Registration  Statement,  which  may be  inspected  and  copied  at  the  Public
Reference Section of the Commission referred to above.  Statements  contained in
this  Prospectus  as to the contents of any  contract or other  document are not
necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the full text of
such contract or document filed as an exhibit to the Registration  Statement, or
otherwise filed with the Commission,  each such statement being qualified in all
respects by such reference.

     The Company furnishes  stockholders with annual reports  containing audited
financial  statements.  The Company also furnishes its common  stockholders with
proxy material for its annual meetings  complying with the proxy requirements of
the Exchange Act.

                     INCORPORATION OF DOCUMENTS BY REFERENCE

     The  following  documents  which  have been filed by the  Company  with the
Commission are incorporated in this Prospectus by reference:

     1. The Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31,
1997.

     2. The  Company's  Notice  of  Annual  Meeting  of  Stockholders  and Proxy
Statement dated April 8, 1998.

     3. The Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 31, 1998, and filed
on April 7, 1998.

     4. The Company's  Quarterly  Report on Form 10-Q for the three months ended
March 31, 1998.

     5. The  Company's  Amendment  No. 1 to Current  Report on Form 8-K/A  dated
March 31, 1998, and filed on June 11, 1998.

     6. The  Company's  Amendment  No. 2 to Current  Report on Form 8-K/A  dated
March 31, 1998, and filed on June 29, 1998.

     7. The Company's  Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 16, 1998, and filed
on July 16, 1998.

<PAGE>
                                       83

     All reports and other  documents  filed by the Company with the  Commission
pursuant to Section 13(a), 13(c), 14 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act after the date
of this Prospectus and prior to the  consummation of the Exchange Offer shall be
deemed to be  incorporated  herein by  reference  and to be a part hereof on and
from the date of filing such  documents.  Any statement  contained in a document
incorporated or deemed to be incorporated by reference in this Propsectus  shall
be deemed to be modified or  superseded  for purposes of this  Prospectus to the
extent that a statement  contained herein or incorporated herein by reference or
in any  other  subsequently  filed  document  that  also is or is  deemed  to be
incorporated by reference  herein  modifies or supersedes  such  statement.  Any
statement so modified or superseded  shall not be deemed,  except as so modified
or superseded, to constitute a part of this Prospectus.

     The  Company  will  provide  without  charge  to each  person  to whom this
Prospectus is delivered, upon the written or oral request of such person, a copy
of any and all  documents  incorporated  by  reference in this  Prospectus  (not
including  exhibits to such  information,  unless such exhibits are specifically
incorporated by reference in such information). Such requests should be directed
to Terex  Corporation,  Attention:  Secretary,  500 Post  Road  East,  Westport,
Connecticut 06880 (telephone (203) 222-7170).

<PAGE>
                                      


No  dealer,  salesperson  or  other  person  has  been  authorized  to give  any
information or to make any  representation  not contained in this Prospectus and
the accompanying Letter of Transmittal,  and, if given or made, such information
or  representation  must not be relied  upon as having been  authorized  by the.
Neither this Prospectus nor the accompanying  Letter of Transmittal  constitutes
an offer to sell or a  solicitation  of an offer to buy any security  other than
those  to  which  it  relates,  nor  does it  constitute  an  offer to sell or a
solicitation  of an offer to buy any of the  securities  offered  hereby  in any
jurisdiction  to any  person  to  whom it is  unlawful  to make  such  offer  or
solicitation in such  jurisdiction.  Neither the delivery of this Prospectus nor
the  accompanying  Letter of Transmittal,  nor both together,  nor any sale made
hereunder shall, under any circumstances,  create any implication that there has
been no change in the affairs of the  Company  since the date hereof or that the
information contained herein is correct as of any time subsequent to its date.


                     TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                  Page
Prospectus Summary..................................1
Risk Factors.......................................11
The Company........................................17
The Exchange Offer.................................18
Use of Proceeds....................................26
Capitalization.....................................26
Selected Consolidated Financial Data...............27
Industry Overview and Outlook For
  Principal Products...............................29
Business Strategy..................................31
The O&K Acquisition................................33
Business...........................................35
Management.........................................44
Description of the New Bank Credit
   Facility........................................46
Description of Notes...............................47
Certain Federal Income Tax Consequences............80
Plan of Distribution...............................81
Legal Matters......................................81
Experts............................................81
Available Information..............................82
Incorporation of Documents by
 Reference.........................................82
  


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission